<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Aa6718</id>
	<title>ChemWiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Aa6718"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/Special:Contributions/Aa6718"/>
	<updated>2026-04-05T20:50:37Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=800401</id>
		<title>MRD:01531254</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=800401"/>
		<updated>2020-05-08T10:47:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: /* Exercise 2: F - H - H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics Lab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objectives of this exercise are to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, where an atom and a diatomic molecule collide, through calculating Molecular Dynamics trajectories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. The transition point can be identified on a potential energy surface as being at a saddle point, where the reactive trajectory is at its highest point and the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero. Saddle points have a local maximum in one direction and a local minimum in the other. They can be mathematically defined using their gradient: the partial derivative of the gradient, f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, equals zero, indicating that the gradient is zero at this point. Furthermore, saddle points are distinguished from local minima in that the result of the second partial derivative test, f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, is larger than zero. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_111_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state must have r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. In trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the trajectory oscillates on the ridge; this can be used to locate the transition state geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When testing different initial conditions with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, it can be seen that the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C10.png|center|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; is shown below ,and clear oscillation can be seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure1.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is set to 91, the vibration is very minimal. This is a good estimate for the transition state because when a trajectory starts at the transition state, with no initial momentum, it stays there forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure2.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path and trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Comment on how the mep and the trajectory differ. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (or mep) is a very special trajectory that corresponds to infinitely slow motion. This can be tested with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and the calculation type as &#039;MEP&#039;. With r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 92 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 91, it can be seen that the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the mep trajectory highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, mep doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction because it doesn&#039;t account for the mass of the atoms. When the same reaction is repeated with the calculation type as &#039;Dynamics&#039; rather than &#039;MEP&#039;, the inertial motion of the atoms is indicated by the oscillation of the BC distance caused by the masses interacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure2.png|thumb|center|A PES with the reaction path highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C1.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure1.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.077 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; do not collide so no reaction occurs || [[File:MRD_114_figure2.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure3.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates but m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; remains intact so no reaction occurs. This is a case of barrier recrossing: the system crosses the transition state region, the bond in the product forms, but then the system reverts back to the reactants. || [[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide, and though r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates they ultimately react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|| [[File:MRD_114_figure5.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A powerful theory to rationalise and calculate the rate of chemical reactions based on the properties of the reactants and the transitions state structure is Transition State Theory. It predicts that the rate constant for a generic bimolecular reaction &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{A+B}\rightarrow\mathcal{P}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=R_{cl}\frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A crucial assumption of Transition State Theory in estimating &#039;&#039;R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cl&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is that all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. By further assuming that the kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate follows the Boltzmann distribution, one obtain the conventional Transition State Theory rate constant expression:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=\frac{k_B T}{h} \frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Transition State Theory motion is treated by classical mechanics, and it is assumed that this motion always leads to products without recrossings of the saddle point. This is incorrect as quantum mechanical tunneling allows barrier crossing to take place when the total energy is less than the potential energy at the top of the barrier.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Barrier recrossing is seento occur in the calculated experiment values, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|thumb|The PES of a reaction where barrier crossing occurs.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs early in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an attractive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a relatively weak H-H bond is broken while a strong H-F bond is formed; bond making is an exothermic process, so the formation of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction exothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 125 pm and the H---H gap is 96 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an exothermic reaction is close in structure to the reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 125 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 96 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Part of the Energy vs Time plot is shown from the reaction, depicting the potential energy of the products, transition states and reactants. From this the activation energy can be calculated to be 59 kJ/mol for this reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure4.png|center|thumb|The beginning of the Energy vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF is an endothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs late in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an repulsive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a strong H-F bond is broken while a weaker H-H bond is formed; bond breaking is an endothermic process, so the breakage of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction endothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of H + HF with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 125 pm and the H---H gap is 96 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an endothermic reaction is close in structure to the products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of H + HF at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 129 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Part of the Energy vs Time plot is shown from the reaction, depicting the potential energy of the products, transition states and reactants. From this the activation energy can be calculated to be 160 kJ/mol for this reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure4.png|center|thumb|The beginning of the Energy vs Time plot of H + HF.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 140 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. By considering the animation and Momenta vs Time plot, the mechanism can be examined. As H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaches F the momentum of its bond increases; after the transition state, where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bonds with F and the other H moves away from the new product, the H-F bond oscillates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_123_figure1.png|center|thumb|The Momenta vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The hydrogen molecule could be polaried by the electronegative fluoride and form a bond in the transition state via an S&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;N&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;2 mechanism. It could be possible to determine the order of the reaction experimentally, which should correspond to a S&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;N&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;2 rate law involving the concentrations of both the species in the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: Polanyi ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules explain and predict the effect of translational and vibrational energy in driving reactions. They state that for reactions with an early transition state / reactant-like transition state, translational energy is most effective in driving the reaction; for reactions with a late transition state / product-like transition state, vibrational energy is most effective in driving the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 124&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; These rules can be demonstated through different case studies: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; falls into the first category, so is most affected by translational energy, and H + HF falls into the second category, so is most affected by vibrational energy. Consider the following examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Description !! Diagram&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 160 || 74  || -1 || -6.1 || [[File:MRD_121_figure3.png|center|400px]] The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a high amount of energy on the H-H vibration. The system undergoes barrier recrossing but does not react because for systems with an early transition state translational energy is more effective. || [[File:MRD_124_figure1.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 160 || 74  || -1 || 6.1 || [[File:MRD_121_figure3.png|center|400px]] The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a high amount of energy on the H-H vibration. The system undergoes barrier recrossing but does not react because for systems with an early transition state translational energy is more effective. || [[File:MRD_124_figure2.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 160 || 74 || -1.6 || 0.2 || [[File:MRD_121_figure3.png|center|400px]] The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a low amount of vibrational energy. The system reacts successfully because for systems with an early transition state translational energy is more effective. || [[File:MRD_124_figure3.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 94 || 150 || 0 || 21 || [[File:MRD_122_figure3.png|center|400px]] The HF molecule has a low amount of vibrational energy. The system molecules collide but do not react successfully because for systems with a late transition state vibrational energy is more effective. || [[File:MRD_124_figure4.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 94 || 150 || 21 || 0 || [[File:MRD_122_figure3.png|center|400px]] The HF molecule has a high amount of energy on the H-F vibration. The molecules collide and react successfully because for systems with a late transition state vibrational energy is more effective. || [[File:MRD_124_figure5.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.khanacademy.org/math/multivariable-calculus/applications-of-multivariable-derivatives/optimizing-multivariable-functions/a/maximums-minimums-and-saddle-points &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;&amp;gt; N. E. Henriksen and F. Y. Hansen Theories of Molecular Reaction Dynamics 2nd ed., OUP, 2019 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, de Paula, Keeler: Physical Chemistry, 11th Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Clayden, Greeves, Warren: Organic Chemistry, 2nd Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 124&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Guo, Liu: Control of chemical reactivity by transition-state and beyond &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:MRD_122_figure4.png&amp;diff=799648</id>
		<title>File:MRD 122 figure4.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:MRD_122_figure4.png&amp;diff=799648"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T16:20:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:MRD_121_figure4.png&amp;diff=799647</id>
		<title>File:MRD 121 figure4.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:MRD_121_figure4.png&amp;diff=799647"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T16:20:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799646</id>
		<title>MRD:01531254</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799646"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T16:19:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: /* Exercise 2: F - H - H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics Lab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objectives of this exercise are to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, where an atom and a diatomic molecule collide, through calculating Molecular Dynamics trajectories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. The transition point can be identified on a potential energy surface as being at a saddle point, where the reactive trajectory is at its highest point and the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero. Saddle points have a local maximum in one direction and a local minimum in the other. They can be mathematically defined using their gradient: the partial derivative of the gradient, f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, equals zero, indicating that the gradient is zero at this point. Furthermore, saddle points are distinguished from local minima in that the result of the second partial derivative test, f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, is larger than zero. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_111_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state must have r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. In trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the trajectory oscillates on the ridge; this can be used to locate the transition state geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When testing different initial conditions with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, it can be seen that the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C10.png|center|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; is shown below ,and clear oscillation can be seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure1.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is set to 91, the vibration is very minimal. This is a good estimate for the transition state because when a trajectory starts at the transition state, with no initial momentum, it stays there forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure2.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path and trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Comment on how the mep and the trajectory differ. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (or mep) is a very special trajectory that corresponds to infinitely slow motion. This can be tested with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and the calculation type as &#039;MEP&#039;. With r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 92 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 91, it can be seen that the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the mep trajectory highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, mep doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction because it doesn&#039;t account for the mass of the atoms. When the same reaction is repeated with the calculation type as &#039;Dynamics&#039; rather than &#039;MEP&#039;, the inertial motion of the atoms is indicated by the oscillation of the BC distance caused by the masses interacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure2.png|thumb|center|A PES with the reaction path highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C1.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure1.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.077 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; do not collide so no reaction occurs || [[File:MRD_114_figure2.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure3.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates but m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; remains intact so no reaction occurs. This is a case of barrier recrossing: the system crosses the transition state region, the bond in the product forms, but then the system reverts back to the reactants. || [[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide, and though r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates they ultimately react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|| [[File:MRD_114_figure5.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A powerful theory to rationalise and calculate the rate of chemical reactions based on the properties of the reactants and the transitions state structure is Transition State Theory. It predicts that the rate constant for a generic bimolecular reaction &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{A+B}\rightarrow\mathcal{P}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=R_{cl}\frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A crucial assumption of Transition State Theory in estimating &#039;&#039;R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cl&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is that all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. By further assuming that the kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate follows the Boltzmann distribution, one obtain the conventional Transition State Theory rate constant expression:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=\frac{k_B T}{h} \frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Transition State Theory motion is treated by classical mechanics, and it is assumed that this motion always leads to products without recrossings of the saddle point. This is incorrect as quantum mechanical tunneling allows barrier crossing to take place when the total energy is less than the potential energy at the top of the barrier.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Barrier recrossing is seento occur in the calculated experiment values, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|thumb|The PES of a reaction where barrier crossing occurs.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs early in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an attractive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a relatively weak H-H bond is broken while a strong H-F bond is formed; bond making is an exothermic process, so the formation of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction exothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 125 pm and the H---H gap is 96 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an exothermic reaction is close in structure to the reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 125 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 96 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Part of the Energy vs Time plot is shown from the reaction, depicting the potential energy of the products, transition states and reactants. From this the activation energy can be calculated to be 59 kJ/mol for this reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure4.png|center|thumb|The beginning of the Energy vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF is an endothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs late in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an repulsive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a strong H-F bond is broken while a weaker H-H bond is formed; bond breaking is an endothermic process, so the breakage of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction endothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of H + HF with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 129 pm and the H---H gap is 90 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an endothermic reaction is close in structure to the products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of H + HF at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 129 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Part of the Energy vs Time plot is shown from the reaction, depicting the potential energy of the products, transition states and reactants. From this the activation energy can be calculated to be 160 kJ/mol for this reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure4.png|center|thumb|The beginning of the Energy vs Time plot of H + HF.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 140 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. By considering the animation and Momenta vs Time plot, the mechanism can be examined. As H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaches F the momentum of its bond increases; after the transition state, where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bonds with F and the other H moves away from the new product, the H-F bond oscillates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_123_figure1.png|center|thumb|The Momenta vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The hydrogen molecule could be polaried by the electronegative fluoride and form a bond in the transition state via an S&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;N&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;2 mechanism. It could be possible to determine the order of the reaction experimentally, which should correspond to a S&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;N&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;2 rate law involving the concentrations of both the species in the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: Polanyi ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules explain and predict the effect of translational and vibrational energy in driving reactions. They state that for reactions with an early transition state / reactant-like transition state, translational energy is most effective in driving the reaction; for reactions with a late transition state / product-like transition state, vibrational energy is most effective in driving the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 124&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; These rules can be demonstated through different case studies: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; falls into the first category, so is most affected by translational energy, and H + HF falls into the second category, so is most affected by vibrational energy. Consider the following examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Description !! Diagram&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 160 || 74  || -1 || -6.1 || [[File:MRD_121_figure3.png|center|400px]] The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a high amount of energy on the H-H vibration. The system undergoes barrier recrossing but does not react because for systems with an early transition state translational energy is more effective. || [[File:MRD_124_figure1.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 160 || 74  || -1 || 6.1 || [[File:MRD_121_figure3.png|center|400px]] The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a high amount of energy on the H-H vibration. The system undergoes barrier recrossing but does not react because for systems with an early transition state translational energy is more effective. || [[File:MRD_124_figure2.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 160 || 74 || -1.6 || 0.2 || [[File:MRD_121_figure3.png|center|400px]] The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a low amount of vibrational energy. The system reacts successfully because for systems with an early transition state translational energy is more effective. || [[File:MRD_124_figure3.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 94 || 150 || 0 || 21 || [[File:MRD_122_figure3.png|center|400px]] The HF molecule has a low amount of vibrational energy. The system molecules collide but do not react successfully because for systems with a late transition state vibrational energy is more effective. || [[File:MRD_124_figure4.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 94 || 150 || 21 || 0 || [[File:MRD_122_figure3.png|center|400px]] The HF molecule has a high amount of energy on the H-F vibration. The molecules collide and react successfully because for systems with a late transition state vibrational energy is more effective. || [[File:MRD_124_figure5.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.khanacademy.org/math/multivariable-calculus/applications-of-multivariable-derivatives/optimizing-multivariable-functions/a/maximums-minimums-and-saddle-points &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;&amp;gt; N. E. Henriksen and F. Y. Hansen Theories of Molecular Reaction Dynamics 2nd ed., OUP, 2019 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, de Paula, Keeler: Physical Chemistry, 11th Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Clayden, Greeves, Warren: Organic Chemistry, 2nd Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 124&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Guo, Liu: Control of chemical reactivity by transition-state and beyond &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799613</id>
		<title>MRD:01531254</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799613"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T15:45:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: /* Reaction dynamics: Polanyi */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics Lab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objectives of this exercise are to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, where an atom and a diatomic molecule collide, through calculating Molecular Dynamics trajectories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. The transition point can be identified on a potential energy surface as being at a saddle point, where the reactive trajectory is at its highest point and the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero. Saddle points have a local maximum in one direction and a local minimum in the other. They can be mathematically defined using their gradient: the partial derivative of the gradient, f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, equals zero, indicating that the gradient is zero at this point. Furthermore, saddle points are distinguished from local minima in that the result of the second partial derivative test, f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, is larger than zero. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_111_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state must have r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. In trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the trajectory oscillates on the ridge; this can be used to locate the transition state geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When testing different initial conditions with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, it can be seen that the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C10.png|center|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; is shown below ,and clear oscillation can be seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure1.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is set to 91, the vibration is very minimal. This is a good estimate for the transition state because when a trajectory starts at the transition state, with no initial momentum, it stays there forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure2.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path and trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Comment on how the mep and the trajectory differ. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (or mep) is a very special trajectory that corresponds to infinitely slow motion. This can be tested with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and the calculation type as &#039;MEP&#039;. With r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 92 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 91, it can be seen that the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the mep trajectory highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, mep doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction because it doesn&#039;t account for the mass of the atoms. When the same reaction is repeated with the calculation type as &#039;Dynamics&#039; rather than &#039;MEP&#039;, the inertial motion of the atoms is indicated by the oscillation of the BC distance caused by the masses interacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure2.png|thumb|center|A PES with the reaction path highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C1.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure1.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.077 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; do not collide so no reaction occurs || [[File:MRD_114_figure2.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure3.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates but m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; remains intact so no reaction occurs. This is a case of barrier recrossing: the system crosses the transition state region, the bond in the product forms, but then the system reverts back to the reactants. || [[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide, and though r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates they ultimately react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|| [[File:MRD_114_figure5.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A powerful theory to rationalise and calculate the rate of chemical reactions based on the properties of the reactants and the transitions state structure is Transition State Theory. It predicts that the rate constant for a generic bimolecular reaction &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{A+B}\rightarrow\mathcal{P}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=R_{cl}\frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A crucial assumption of Transition State Theory in estimating &#039;&#039;R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cl&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is that all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. By further assuming that the kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate follows the Boltzmann distribution, one obtain the conventional Transition State Theory rate constant expression:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=\frac{k_B T}{h} \frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Transition State Theory motion is treated by classical mechanics, and it is assumed that this motion always leads to products without recrossings of the saddle point. This is incorrect as quantum mechanical tunneling allows barrier crossing to take place when the total energy is less than the potential energy at the top of the barrier.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Barrier recrossing is seento occur in the calculated experiment values, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|thumb|The PES of a reaction where barrier crossing occurs.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs early in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an attractive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a relatively weak H-H bond is broken while a strong H-F bond is formed; bond making is an exothermic process, so the formation of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction exothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 125 pm and the H---H gap is 96 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an exothermic reaction is close in structure to the reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 125 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 96 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF is an endothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs late in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an repulsive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a strong H-F bond is broken while a weaker H-H bond is formed; bond breaking is an endothermic process, so the breakage of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction endothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of H + HF with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 129 pm and the H---H gap is 90 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an endothermic reaction is close in structure to the products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 129 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 140 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. By considering the animation and Momenta vs Time plot, the mechanism can be examined. As H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaches F the momentum of its bond increases; after the transition state, where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bonds with F and the other H moves away from the new product, the H-F bond oscillates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_123_figure1.png|center|thumb|The Momenta vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The hydrogen molecule could be polaried by the electronegative fluoride and form a bond in the transition state via an S&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;N&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;2 mechanism. It could be possible to determine the order of the reaction experimentally, which should correspond to a S&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;N&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;2 rate law involving the concentrations of both the species in the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: Polanyi ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules explain and predict the effect of translational and vibrational energy in driving reactions. They state that for reactions with an early transition state / reactant-like transition state, translational energy is most effective in driving the reaction; for reactions with a late transition state / product-like transition state, vibrational energy is most effective in driving the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 124&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; These rules can be demonstated through different case studies: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; falls into the first category, so is most affected by translational energy, and H + HF falls into the second category, so is most affected by vibrational energy. Consider the following examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Description !! Diagram&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 160 || 74  || -1 || -6.1 || [[File:MRD_121_figure3.png|center|400px]] The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a high amount of energy on the H-H vibration. The system undergoes barrier recrossing but does not react because for systems with an early transition state translational energy is more effective. || [[File:MRD_124_figure1.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 160 || 74  || -1 || 6.1 || [[File:MRD_121_figure3.png|center|400px]] The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a high amount of energy on the H-H vibration. The system undergoes barrier recrossing but does not react because for systems with an early transition state translational energy is more effective. || [[File:MRD_124_figure2.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 160 || 74 || -1.6 || 0.2 || [[File:MRD_121_figure3.png|center|400px]] The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a low amount of vibrational energy. The system reacts successfully because for systems with an early transition state translational energy is more effective. || [[File:MRD_124_figure3.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 94 || 150 || 0 || 21 || [[File:MRD_122_figure3.png|center|400px]] The HF molecule has a low amount of vibrational energy. The system molecules collide but do not react successfully because for systems with a late transition state vibrational energy is more effective. || [[File:MRD_124_figure4.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 94 || 150 || 21 || 0 || [[File:MRD_122_figure3.png|center|400px]] The HF molecule has a high amount of energy on the H-F vibration. The molecules collide and react successfully because for systems with a late transition state vibrational energy is more effective. || [[File:MRD_124_figure5.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.khanacademy.org/math/multivariable-calculus/applications-of-multivariable-derivatives/optimizing-multivariable-functions/a/maximums-minimums-and-saddle-points &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;&amp;gt; N. E. Henriksen and F. Y. Hansen Theories of Molecular Reaction Dynamics 2nd ed., OUP, 2019 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, de Paula, Keeler: Physical Chemistry, 11th Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Clayden, Greeves, Warren: Organic Chemistry, 2nd Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 124&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Guo, Liu: Control of chemical reactivity by transition-state and beyond &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:MRD_124_figure5.png&amp;diff=799609</id>
		<title>File:MRD 124 figure5.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:MRD_124_figure5.png&amp;diff=799609"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T15:43:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:MRD_124_figure4.png&amp;diff=799608</id>
		<title>File:MRD 124 figure4.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:MRD_124_figure4.png&amp;diff=799608"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T15:43:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:MRD_124_figure3.png&amp;diff=799607</id>
		<title>File:MRD 124 figure3.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:MRD_124_figure3.png&amp;diff=799607"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T15:43:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:MRD_124_figure2.png&amp;diff=799606</id>
		<title>File:MRD 124 figure2.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:MRD_124_figure2.png&amp;diff=799606"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T15:43:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:MRD_124_figure1.png&amp;diff=799605</id>
		<title>File:MRD 124 figure1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:MRD_124_figure1.png&amp;diff=799605"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T15:43:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799603</id>
		<title>MRD:01531254</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799603"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T15:43:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics Lab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objectives of this exercise are to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, where an atom and a diatomic molecule collide, through calculating Molecular Dynamics trajectories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. The transition point can be identified on a potential energy surface as being at a saddle point, where the reactive trajectory is at its highest point and the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero. Saddle points have a local maximum in one direction and a local minimum in the other. They can be mathematically defined using their gradient: the partial derivative of the gradient, f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, equals zero, indicating that the gradient is zero at this point. Furthermore, saddle points are distinguished from local minima in that the result of the second partial derivative test, f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, is larger than zero. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_111_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state must have r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. In trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the trajectory oscillates on the ridge; this can be used to locate the transition state geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When testing different initial conditions with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, it can be seen that the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C10.png|center|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; is shown below ,and clear oscillation can be seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure1.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is set to 91, the vibration is very minimal. This is a good estimate for the transition state because when a trajectory starts at the transition state, with no initial momentum, it stays there forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure2.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path and trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Comment on how the mep and the trajectory differ. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (or mep) is a very special trajectory that corresponds to infinitely slow motion. This can be tested with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and the calculation type as &#039;MEP&#039;. With r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 92 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 91, it can be seen that the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the mep trajectory highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, mep doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction because it doesn&#039;t account for the mass of the atoms. When the same reaction is repeated with the calculation type as &#039;Dynamics&#039; rather than &#039;MEP&#039;, the inertial motion of the atoms is indicated by the oscillation of the BC distance caused by the masses interacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure2.png|thumb|center|A PES with the reaction path highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C1.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure1.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.077 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; do not collide so no reaction occurs || [[File:MRD_114_figure2.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure3.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates but m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; remains intact so no reaction occurs. This is a case of barrier recrossing: the system crosses the transition state region, the bond in the product forms, but then the system reverts back to the reactants. || [[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide, and though r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates they ultimately react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|| [[File:MRD_114_figure5.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A powerful theory to rationalise and calculate the rate of chemical reactions based on the properties of the reactants and the transitions state structure is Transition State Theory. It predicts that the rate constant for a generic bimolecular reaction &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{A+B}\rightarrow\mathcal{P}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=R_{cl}\frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A crucial assumption of Transition State Theory in estimating &#039;&#039;R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cl&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is that all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. By further assuming that the kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate follows the Boltzmann distribution, one obtain the conventional Transition State Theory rate constant expression:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=\frac{k_B T}{h} \frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Transition State Theory motion is treated by classical mechanics, and it is assumed that this motion always leads to products without recrossings of the saddle point. This is incorrect as quantum mechanical tunneling allows barrier crossing to take place when the total energy is less than the potential energy at the top of the barrier.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Barrier recrossing is seento occur in the calculated experiment values, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|thumb|The PES of a reaction where barrier crossing occurs.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs early in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an attractive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a relatively weak H-H bond is broken while a strong H-F bond is formed; bond making is an exothermic process, so the formation of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction exothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 125 pm and the H---H gap is 96 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an exothermic reaction is close in structure to the reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 125 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 96 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF is an endothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs late in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an repulsive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a strong H-F bond is broken while a weaker H-H bond is formed; bond breaking is an endothermic process, so the breakage of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction endothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of H + HF with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 129 pm and the H---H gap is 90 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an endothermic reaction is close in structure to the products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 129 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 140 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. By considering the animation and Momenta vs Time plot, the mechanism can be examined. As H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaches F the momentum of its bond increases; after the transition state, where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bonds with F and the other H moves away from the new product, the H-F bond oscillates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_123_figure1.png|center|thumb|The Momenta vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The hydrogen molecule could be polaried by the electronegative fluoride and form a bond in the transition state via an S&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;N&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;2 mechanism. It could be possible to determine the order of the reaction experimentally, which should correspond to a S&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;N&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;2 rate law involving the concentrations of both the species in the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: Polanyi ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules explain and predict the effect of translational and vibrational energy in driving reactions. They state that for reactions with an early transition state / reactant-like transition state, translational energy is most effective in driving the reaction; for reactions with a late transition state / product-like transition state, vibrational energy is most effective in driving the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 124&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; These rules can be demonstated through different case studies: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; falls into the first category, so is most affected by translational energy, and H + HF falls into the second category, so is most affected by vibrational energy. Consider the following examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Description !! Diagram&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 160 || 74  || -1 || -6.1 || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a high amount of energy on the H-H vibration. The system undergoes barrier recrossing but does not react because for systems with an early transition state translational energy is more effective. || [[File:MRD_124_figure1.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 160 || 74  || -1 || 6.1 || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a high amount of energy on the H-H vibration. The system undergoes barrier recrossing but does not react because for systems with an early transition state translational energy is more effective. || [[File:MRD_124_figure2.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 160 || 74 || -1.6 || 0.2 || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a low amount of vibrational energy. The system reacts successfully because for systems with an early transition state translational energy is more effective. || [[File:MRD_124_figure3.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 94 || 150 || 0 || 21 || The HF molecule has a low amount of vibrational energy. The system molecules collide but do not react successfully because for systems with a late transition state vibrational energy is more effective. || [[File:MRD_124_figure4.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 94 || 150 || 21 || 0 || The HF molecule has a high amount of energy on the H-F vibration. The molecules collide and react successfully because for systems with a late transition state vibrational energy is more effective. || [[File:MRD_124_figure5.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.khanacademy.org/math/multivariable-calculus/applications-of-multivariable-derivatives/optimizing-multivariable-functions/a/maximums-minimums-and-saddle-points &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;&amp;gt; N. E. Henriksen and F. Y. Hansen Theories of Molecular Reaction Dynamics 2nd ed., OUP, 2019 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, de Paula, Keeler: Physical Chemistry, 11th Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Clayden, Greeves, Warren: Organic Chemistry, 2nd Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 124&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Guo, Liu: Control of chemical reactivity by transition-state and beyond &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799601</id>
		<title>MRD:01531254</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799601"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T15:41:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: /* Reaction dynamics: Polanyi */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics Lab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objectives of this exercise are to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, where an atom and a diatomic molecule collide, through calculating Molecular Dynamics trajectories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. The transition point can be identified on a potential energy surface as being at a saddle point, where the reactive trajectory is at its highest point and the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero. Saddle points have a local maximum in one direction and a local minimum in the other. They can be mathematically defined using their gradient: the partial derivative of the gradient, f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, equals zero, indicating that the gradient is zero at this point. Furthermore, saddle points are distinguished from local minima in that the result of the second partial derivative test, f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, is larger than zero. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_111_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state must have r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. In trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the trajectory oscillates on the ridge; this can be used to locate the transition state geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When testing different initial conditions with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, it can be seen that the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C10.png|center|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; is shown below ,and clear oscillation can be seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure1.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is set to 91, the vibration is very minimal. This is a good estimate for the transition state because when a trajectory starts at the transition state, with no initial momentum, it stays there forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure2.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path and trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Comment on how the mep and the trajectory differ. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (or mep) is a very special trajectory that corresponds to infinitely slow motion. This can be tested with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and the calculation type as &#039;MEP&#039;. With r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 92 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 91, it can be seen that the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the mep trajectory highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, mep doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction because it doesn&#039;t account for the mass of the atoms. When the same reaction is repeated with the calculation type as &#039;Dynamics&#039; rather than &#039;MEP&#039;, the inertial motion of the atoms is indicated by the oscillation of the BC distance caused by the masses interacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure2.png|thumb|center|A PES with the reaction path highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C1.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure1.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.077 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; do not collide so no reaction occurs || [[File:MRD_114_figure2.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure3.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates but m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; remains intact so no reaction occurs. This is a case of barrier recrossing: the system crosses the transition state region, the bond in the product forms, but then the system reverts back to the reactants. || [[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide, and though r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates they ultimately react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|| [[File:MRD_114_figure5.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A powerful theory to rationalise and calculate the rate of chemical reactions based on the properties of the reactants and the transitions state structure is Transition State Theory. It predicts that the rate constant for a generic bimolecular reaction &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{A+B}\rightarrow\mathcal{P}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=R_{cl}\frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A crucial assumption of Transition State Theory in estimating &#039;&#039;R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cl&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is that all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. By further assuming that the kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate follows the Boltzmann distribution, one obtain the conventional Transition State Theory rate constant expression:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=\frac{k_B T}{h} \frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Transition State Theory motion is treated by classical mechanics, and it is assumed that this motion always leads to products without recrossings of the saddle point. This is incorrect as quantum mechanical tunneling allows barrier crossing to take place when the total energy is less than the potential energy at the top of the barrier.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Barrier recrossing is seento occur in the calculated experiment values, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|thumb|The PES of a reaction where barrier crossing occurs.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs early in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an attractive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a relatively weak H-H bond is broken while a strong H-F bond is formed; bond making is an exothermic process, so the formation of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction exothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 125 pm and the H---H gap is 96 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an exothermic reaction is close in structure to the reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 125 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 96 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF is an endothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs late in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an repulsive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a strong H-F bond is broken while a weaker H-H bond is formed; bond breaking is an endothermic process, so the breakage of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction endothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of H + HF with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 129 pm and the H---H gap is 90 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an endothermic reaction is close in structure to the products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 129 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 140 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. By considering the animation and Momenta vs Time plot, the mechanism can be examined. As H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaches F the momentum of its bond increases; after the transition state, where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bonds with F and the other H moves away from the new product, the H-F bond oscillates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_123_figure1.png|center|thumb|The Momenta vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The hydrogen molecule could be polaried by the electronegative fluoride and form a bond in the transition state via an S&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;N&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;2 mechanism. It could be possible to determine the order of the reaction experimentally, which should correspond to a S&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;N&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;2 rate law involving the concentrations of both the species in the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: Polanyi ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules explain and predict the effect of translational and vibrational energy in driving reactions. They state that for reactions with an early transition state / reactant-like transition state, translational energy is most effective in driving the reaction; for reactions with a late transition state / product-like transition state, vibrational energy is most effective in driving the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 124&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; These rules can be demonstated through different case studies: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; falls into the first category, so is most affected by translational energy, and H + HF falls into the second category, so is most affected by vibrational energy. Consider the following examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Description !! Diagram&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 160 || 74  || -1 || -6.1 || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a high amount of energy on the H-H vibration. The system undergoes barrier recrossing but does not react because for systems with an early transition state translational energy is more effective. || #&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 160 || 74  || -1 || 6.1 || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a high amount of energy on the H-H vibration. The system undergoes barrier recrossing but does not react because for systems with an early transition state translational energy is more effective. || #&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 160 || 74 || -1.6 || 0.2 || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a low amount of vibrational energy. The system reacts successfully because for systems with an early transition state translational energy is more effective. || #&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 94 || 150 || 0 || 21 || The HF molecule has a low amount of vibrational energy. The system molecules collide but do not react successfully because for systems with a late transition state vibrational energy is more effective. || #&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 94 || 150 || 21 || 0 || The HF molecule has a high amount of energy on the H-F vibration. The molecules collide and react successfully because for systems with a late transition state vibrational energy is more effective. || #&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.khanacademy.org/math/multivariable-calculus/applications-of-multivariable-derivatives/optimizing-multivariable-functions/a/maximums-minimums-and-saddle-points &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;&amp;gt; N. E. Henriksen and F. Y. Hansen Theories of Molecular Reaction Dynamics 2nd ed., OUP, 2019 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, de Paula, Keeler: Physical Chemistry, 11th Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Clayden, Greeves, Warren: Organic Chemistry, 2nd Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 124&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Guo, Liu: Control of chemical reactivity by transition-state and beyond &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799556</id>
		<title>MRD:01531254</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799556"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T14:50:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: /* Exercise 2: F - H - H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics Lab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objectives of this exercise are to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, where an atom and a diatomic molecule collide, through calculating Molecular Dynamics trajectories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. The transition point can be identified on a potential energy surface as being at a saddle point, where the reactive trajectory is at its highest point and the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero. Saddle points have a local maximum in one direction and a local minimum in the other. They can be mathematically defined using their gradient: the partial derivative of the gradient, f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, equals zero, indicating that the gradient is zero at this point. Furthermore, saddle points are distinguished from local minima in that the result of the second partial derivative test, f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, is larger than zero. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_111_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state must have r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. In trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the trajectory oscillates on the ridge; this can be used to locate the transition state geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When testing different initial conditions with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, it can be seen that the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C10.png|center|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; is shown below ,and clear oscillation can be seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure1.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is set to 91, the vibration is very minimal. This is a good estimate for the transition state because when a trajectory starts at the transition state, with no initial momentum, it stays there forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure2.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path and trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Comment on how the mep and the trajectory differ. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (or mep) is a very special trajectory that corresponds to infinitely slow motion. This can be tested with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and the calculation type as &#039;MEP&#039;. With r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 92 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 91, it can be seen that the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the mep trajectory highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, mep doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction because it doesn&#039;t account for the mass of the atoms. When the same reaction is repeated with the calculation type as &#039;Dynamics&#039; rather than &#039;MEP&#039;, the inertial motion of the atoms is indicated by the oscillation of the BC distance caused by the masses interacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure2.png|thumb|center|A PES with the reaction path highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C1.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure1.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.077 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; do not collide so no reaction occurs || [[File:MRD_114_figure2.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure3.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates but m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; remains intact so no reaction occurs. This is a case of barrier recrossing: the system crosses the transition state region, the bond in the product forms, but then the system reverts back to the reactants. || [[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide, and though r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates they ultimately react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|| [[File:MRD_114_figure5.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A powerful theory to rationalise and calculate the rate of chemical reactions based on the properties of the reactants and the transitions state structure is Transition State Theory. It predicts that the rate constant for a generic bimolecular reaction &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{A+B}\rightarrow\mathcal{P}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=R_{cl}\frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A crucial assumption of Transition State Theory in estimating &#039;&#039;R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cl&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is that all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. By further assuming that the kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate follows the Boltzmann distribution, one obtain the conventional Transition State Theory rate constant expression:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=\frac{k_B T}{h} \frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Transition State Theory motion is treated by classical mechanics, and it is assumed that this motion always leads to products without recrossings of the saddle point. This is incorrect as quantum mechanical tunneling allows barrier crossing to take place when the total energy is less than the potential energy at the top of the barrier.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Barrier recrossing is seento occur in the calculated experiment values, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|thumb|The PES of a reaction where barrier crossing occurs.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs early in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an attractive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a relatively weak H-H bond is broken while a strong H-F bond is formed; bond making is an exothermic process, so the formation of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction exothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 125 pm and the H---H gap is 96 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an exothermic reaction is close in structure to the reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 125 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 96 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF is an endothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs late in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an repulsive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a strong H-F bond is broken while a weaker H-H bond is formed; bond breaking is an endothermic process, so the breakage of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction endothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of H + HF with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 129 pm and the H---H gap is 90 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an endothermic reaction is close in structure to the products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 129 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 140 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. By considering the animation and Momenta vs Time plot, the mechanism can be examined. As H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaches F the momentum of its bond increases; after the transition state, where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bonds with F and the other H moves away from the new product, the H-F bond oscillates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_123_figure1.png|center|thumb|The Momenta vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The hydrogen molecule could be polaried by the electronegative fluoride and form a bond in the transition state via an S&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;N&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;2 mechanism. It could be possible to determine the order of the reaction experimentally, which should correspond to a S&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;N&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;2 rate law involving the concentrations of both the species in the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: Polanyi ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules explain and predict the effect of translational and vibrational energy in driving reactions. They state that for reactions with an early transition state / reactant-like transition state, translational energy is most effective in driving the reaction; for reactions with an late transition state / product-like transition state, vibrational energy is most effective in driving the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 124&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; These rules can be demonstated through different case studies: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; falls into the first category, so is most affected by translational energy, and H + HF falls into the second category, so is most affected by vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Header1 !! Header2  !! Header3 !! Header4 !! Header5 !! Header6 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| # || #  || # || #|| # || #&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| # || #  || # || #|| # || #&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| # || #  || # || #|| # || #&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| # || #  || # || #|| # || #&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| # || #  || # || #|| # || #&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.khanacademy.org/math/multivariable-calculus/applications-of-multivariable-derivatives/optimizing-multivariable-functions/a/maximums-minimums-and-saddle-points &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;&amp;gt; N. E. Henriksen and F. Y. Hansen Theories of Molecular Reaction Dynamics 2nd ed., OUP, 2019 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, de Paula, Keeler: Physical Chemistry, 11th Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Clayden, Greeves, Warren: Organic Chemistry, 2nd Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 124&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Guo, Liu: Control of chemical reactivity by transition-state and beyond &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799555</id>
		<title>MRD:01531254</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799555"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T14:48:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics Lab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objectives of this exercise are to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, where an atom and a diatomic molecule collide, through calculating Molecular Dynamics trajectories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. The transition point can be identified on a potential energy surface as being at a saddle point, where the reactive trajectory is at its highest point and the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero. Saddle points have a local maximum in one direction and a local minimum in the other. They can be mathematically defined using their gradient: the partial derivative of the gradient, f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, equals zero, indicating that the gradient is zero at this point. Furthermore, saddle points are distinguished from local minima in that the result of the second partial derivative test, f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, is larger than zero. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_111_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state must have r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. In trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the trajectory oscillates on the ridge; this can be used to locate the transition state geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When testing different initial conditions with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, it can be seen that the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C10.png|center|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; is shown below ,and clear oscillation can be seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure1.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is set to 91, the vibration is very minimal. This is a good estimate for the transition state because when a trajectory starts at the transition state, with no initial momentum, it stays there forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure2.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path and trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Comment on how the mep and the trajectory differ. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (or mep) is a very special trajectory that corresponds to infinitely slow motion. This can be tested with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and the calculation type as &#039;MEP&#039;. With r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 92 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 91, it can be seen that the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the mep trajectory highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, mep doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction because it doesn&#039;t account for the mass of the atoms. When the same reaction is repeated with the calculation type as &#039;Dynamics&#039; rather than &#039;MEP&#039;, the inertial motion of the atoms is indicated by the oscillation of the BC distance caused by the masses interacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure2.png|thumb|center|A PES with the reaction path highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C1.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure1.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.077 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; do not collide so no reaction occurs || [[File:MRD_114_figure2.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure3.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates but m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; remains intact so no reaction occurs. This is a case of barrier recrossing: the system crosses the transition state region, the bond in the product forms, but then the system reverts back to the reactants. || [[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide, and though r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates they ultimately react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|| [[File:MRD_114_figure5.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A powerful theory to rationalise and calculate the rate of chemical reactions based on the properties of the reactants and the transitions state structure is Transition State Theory. It predicts that the rate constant for a generic bimolecular reaction &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{A+B}\rightarrow\mathcal{P}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=R_{cl}\frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A crucial assumption of Transition State Theory in estimating &#039;&#039;R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cl&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is that all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. By further assuming that the kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate follows the Boltzmann distribution, one obtain the conventional Transition State Theory rate constant expression:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=\frac{k_B T}{h} \frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Transition State Theory motion is treated by classical mechanics, and it is assumed that this motion always leads to products without recrossings of the saddle point. This is incorrect as quantum mechanical tunneling allows barrier crossing to take place when the total energy is less than the potential energy at the top of the barrier.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Barrier recrossing is seento occur in the calculated experiment values, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|thumb|The PES of a reaction where barrier crossing occurs.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs early in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an attractive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a relatively weak H-H bond is broken while a strong H-F bond is formed; bond making is an exothermic process, so the formation of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction exothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 125 pm and the H---H gap is 96 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an exothermic reaction is close in structure to the reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 125 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 96 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF is an endothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs late in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an repulsive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a strong H-F bond is broken while a weaker H-H bond is formed; bond breaking is an endothermic process, so the breakage of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction endothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of H + HF with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 129 pm and the H---H gap is 90 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an endothermic reaction is close in structure to the products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 129 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 140 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. By considering the animation and Momenta vs Time plot, the mechanism can be examined. As H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaches F the momentum of its bond increases; after the transition state, where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bonds with F and the other H moves away from the new product, the H-F bond oscillates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_123_figure1.png|center|thumb|The Momenta vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The hydrogen molecule could be polaried by the electronegative fluoride and form a bond in the transition state via an S&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;N&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;2 mechanism. It could be possible to determine the order of the reaction experimentally, which should correspond to a S&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;N&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;2 rate law involving the concentrations of both the species in the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: Polanyi ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules explain and predict the effect of translational and vibrational energy in driving reactions. They state that for reactions with an early transition state / reactant-like transition state, translational energy is most effective in driving the reaction; for reactions with an late transition state / product-like transition state, vibrational energy is most effective in driving the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 124&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; These rules can be demonstated through different case studies:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Header1 !! Header2  !! Header3 !! Header4 !! Header5 !! Header6 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| # || #  || # || #|| # || #&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| # || #  || # || #|| # || #&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| # || #  || # || #|| # || #&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| # || #  || # || #|| # || #&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| # || #  || # || #|| # || #&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.khanacademy.org/math/multivariable-calculus/applications-of-multivariable-derivatives/optimizing-multivariable-functions/a/maximums-minimums-and-saddle-points &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;&amp;gt; N. E. Henriksen and F. Y. Hansen Theories of Molecular Reaction Dynamics 2nd ed., OUP, 2019 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, de Paula, Keeler: Physical Chemistry, 11th Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Clayden, Greeves, Warren: Organic Chemistry, 2nd Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 124&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Guo, Liu: Control of chemical reactivity by transition-state and beyond &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799547</id>
		<title>MRD:01531254</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799547"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T14:43:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics Lab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objectives of this exercise are to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, where an atom and a diatomic molecule collide, through calculating Molecular Dynamics trajectories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. The transition point can be identified on a potential energy surface as being at a saddle point, where the reactive trajectory is at its highest point and the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero. Saddle points have a local maximum in one direction and a local minimum in the other. They can be mathematically defined using their gradient: the partial derivative of the gradient, f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, equals zero, indicating that the gradient is zero at this point. Furthermore, saddle points are distinguished from local minima in that the result of the second partial derivative test, f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, is larger than zero. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_111_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state must have r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. In trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the trajectory oscillates on the ridge; this can be used to locate the transition state geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When testing different initial conditions with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, it can be seen that the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C10.png|center|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; is shown below ,and clear oscillation can be seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure1.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is set to 91, the vibration is very minimal. This is a good estimate for the transition state because when a trajectory starts at the transition state, with no initial momentum, it stays there forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure2.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path and trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Comment on how the mep and the trajectory differ. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (or mep) is a very special trajectory that corresponds to infinitely slow motion. This can be tested with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and the calculation type as &#039;MEP&#039;. With r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 92 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 91, it can be seen that the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the mep trajectory highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, mep doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction because it doesn&#039;t account for the mass of the atoms. When the same reaction is repeated with the calculation type as &#039;Dynamics&#039; rather than &#039;MEP&#039;, the inertial motion of the atoms is indicated by the oscillation of the BC distance caused by the masses interacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure2.png|thumb|center|A PES with the reaction path highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C1.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure1.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.077 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; do not collide so no reaction occurs || [[File:MRD_114_figure2.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure3.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates but m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; remains intact so no reaction occurs. This is a case of barrier recrossing: the system crosses the transition state region, the bond in the product forms, but then the system reverts back to the reactants. || [[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide, and though r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates they ultimately react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|| [[File:MRD_114_figure5.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A powerful theory to rationalise and calculate the rate of chemical reactions based on the properties of the reactants and the transitions state structure is Transition State Theory. It predicts that the rate constant for a generic bimolecular reaction &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{A+B}\rightarrow\mathcal{P}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=R_{cl}\frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A crucial assumption of Transition State Theory in estimating &#039;&#039;R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cl&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is that all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. By further assuming that the kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate follows the Boltzmann distribution, one obtain the conventional Transition State Theory rate constant expression:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=\frac{k_B T}{h} \frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Transition State Theory motion is treated by classical mechanics, and it is assumed that this motion always leads to products without recrossings of the saddle point. This is incorrect as quantum mechanical tunneling allows barrier crossing to take place when the total energy is less than the potential energy at the top of the barrier.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Barrier recrossing is seento occur in the calculated experiment values, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|thumb|The PES of a reaction where barrier crossing occurs.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs early in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an attractive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a relatively weak H-H bond is broken while a strong H-F bond is formed; bond making is an exothermic process, so the formation of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction exothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 125 pm and the H---H gap is 96 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an exothermic reaction is close in structure to the reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 125 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 96 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF is an endothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs late in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an repulsive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a strong H-F bond is broken while a weaker H-H bond is formed; bond breaking is an endothermic process, so the breakage of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction endothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of H + HF with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 129 pm and the H---H gap is 90 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an endothermic reaction is close in structure to the products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 129 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 140 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. By considering the animation and Momenta vs Time plot, the mechanism can be examined. As H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaches F the momentum of its bond increases; after the transition state, where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bonds with F and the other H moves away from the new product, the H-F bond oscillates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_123_figure1.png|center|thumb|The Momenta vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The hydrogen molecule could be polaried by the electronegative fluoride and form a bond in the transition state via an S&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;N&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;2 mechanism. It could be possible to determine the order of the reaction experimentally, which should correspond to a S&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;N&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;2 rate law involving the concentrations of both the species in the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules explain and predict the effect of translational and vibrational energy in driving reactions. They state that for reactions with an early transition state / reactant-like transition state, translational energy is most effective in driving the reaction; for reactions with an late transition state / product-like transition state, vibrational energy is most effective in driving the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 124&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.khanacademy.org/math/multivariable-calculus/applications-of-multivariable-derivatives/optimizing-multivariable-functions/a/maximums-minimums-and-saddle-points &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;&amp;gt; N. E. Henriksen and F. Y. Hansen Theories of Molecular Reaction Dynamics 2nd ed., OUP, 2019 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, de Paula, Keeler: Physical Chemistry, 11th Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Clayden, Greeves, Warren: Organic Chemistry, 2nd Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 124&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Guo, Liu: Control of chemical reactivity by transition-state and beyond &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799540</id>
		<title>MRD:01531254</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799540"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T14:39:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: /* Reaction dynamics: H + HF */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics Lab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objectives of this exercise are to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, where an atom and a diatomic molecule collide, through calculating Molecular Dynamics trajectories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. The transition point can be identified on a potential energy surface as being at a saddle point, where the reactive trajectory is at its highest point and the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero. Saddle points have a local maximum in one direction and a local minimum in the other. They can be mathematically defined using their gradient: the partial derivative of the gradient, f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, equals zero, indicating that the gradient is zero at this point. Furthermore, saddle points are distinguished from local minima in that the result of the second partial derivative test, f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, is larger than zero. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_111_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state must have r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. In trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the trajectory oscillates on the ridge; this can be used to locate the transition state geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When testing different initial conditions with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, it can be seen that the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C10.png|center|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; is shown below ,and clear oscillation can be seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure1.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is set to 91, the vibration is very minimal. This is a good estimate for the transition state because when a trajectory starts at the transition state, with no initial momentum, it stays there forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure2.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path and trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Comment on how the mep and the trajectory differ. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (or mep) is a very special trajectory that corresponds to infinitely slow motion. This can be tested with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and the calculation type as &#039;MEP&#039;. With r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 92 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 91, it can be seen that the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the mep trajectory highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, mep doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction because it doesn&#039;t account for the mass of the atoms. When the same reaction is repeated with the calculation type as &#039;Dynamics&#039; rather than &#039;MEP&#039;, the inertial motion of the atoms is indicated by the oscillation of the BC distance caused by the masses interacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure2.png|thumb|center|A PES with the reaction path highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C1.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure1.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.077 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; do not collide so no reaction occurs || [[File:MRD_114_figure2.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure3.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates but m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; remains intact so no reaction occurs. This is a case of barrier recrossing: the system crosses the transition state region, the bond in the product forms, but then the system reverts back to the reactants. || [[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide, and though r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates they ultimately react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|| [[File:MRD_114_figure5.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A powerful theory to rationalise and calculate the rate of chemical reactions based on the properties of the reactants and the transitions state structure is Transition State Theory. It predicts that the rate constant for a generic bimolecular reaction &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{A+B}\rightarrow\mathcal{P}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=R_{cl}\frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A crucial assumption of Transition State Theory in estimating &#039;&#039;R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cl&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is that all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. By further assuming that the kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate follows the Boltzmann distribution, one obtain the conventional Transition State Theory rate constant expression:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=\frac{k_B T}{h} \frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Transition State Theory motion is treated by classical mechanics, and it is assumed that this motion always leads to products without recrossings of the saddle point. This is incorrect as quantum mechanical tunneling allows barrier crossing to take place when the total energy is less than the potential energy at the top of the barrier.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Barrier recrossing is seento occur in the calculated experiment values, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|thumb|The PES of a reaction where barrier crossing occurs.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs early in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an attractive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a relatively weak H-H bond is broken while a strong H-F bond is formed; bond making is an exothermic process, so the formation of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction exothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 125 pm and the H---H gap is 96 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an exothermic reaction is close in structure to the reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 125 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 96 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF is an endothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs late in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an repulsive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a strong H-F bond is broken while a weaker H-H bond is formed; bond breaking is an endothermic process, so the breakage of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction endothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of H + HF with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 129 pm and the H---H gap is 90 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an endothermic reaction is close in structure to the products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 129 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 140 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. By considering the animation and Momenta vs Time plot, the mechanism can be examined. As H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaches F the momentum of its bond increases; after the transition state, where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bonds with F and the other H moves away from the new product, the H-F bond oscillates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_123_figure1.png|center|thumb|The Momenta vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The hydrogen molecule could be polaried by the electronegative fluoride and form a bond in the transition state via an S&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;N&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;2 mechanism. It could be possible to determine the order of the reaction experimentally, which should correspond to a S&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;N&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;2 rate law involving the concentrations of both the species in the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules explain and predict the effect of translational and vibrational energy in driving reactions. They state that for reactions with an early transition state / reactant-like transition state, translational energy is most effective in driving the reaction; for reactions with an late transition state / product-like transition state, vibrational energy is most effective in driving the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.khanacademy.org/math/multivariable-calculus/applications-of-multivariable-derivatives/optimizing-multivariable-functions/a/maximums-minimums-and-saddle-points &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;&amp;gt; N. E. Henriksen and F. Y. Hansen Theories of Molecular Reaction Dynamics 2nd ed., OUP, 2019 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, de Paula, Keeler: Physical Chemistry, 11th Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Clayden, Greeves, Warren: Organic Chemistry, 2nd Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799538</id>
		<title>MRD:01531254</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799538"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T14:35:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: /* Reaction dynamics: H + HF */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics Lab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objectives of this exercise are to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, where an atom and a diatomic molecule collide, through calculating Molecular Dynamics trajectories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. The transition point can be identified on a potential energy surface as being at a saddle point, where the reactive trajectory is at its highest point and the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero. Saddle points have a local maximum in one direction and a local minimum in the other. They can be mathematically defined using their gradient: the partial derivative of the gradient, f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, equals zero, indicating that the gradient is zero at this point. Furthermore, saddle points are distinguished from local minima in that the result of the second partial derivative test, f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, is larger than zero. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_111_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state must have r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. In trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the trajectory oscillates on the ridge; this can be used to locate the transition state geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When testing different initial conditions with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, it can be seen that the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C10.png|center|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; is shown below ,and clear oscillation can be seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure1.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is set to 91, the vibration is very minimal. This is a good estimate for the transition state because when a trajectory starts at the transition state, with no initial momentum, it stays there forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure2.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path and trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Comment on how the mep and the trajectory differ. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (or mep) is a very special trajectory that corresponds to infinitely slow motion. This can be tested with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and the calculation type as &#039;MEP&#039;. With r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 92 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 91, it can be seen that the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the mep trajectory highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, mep doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction because it doesn&#039;t account for the mass of the atoms. When the same reaction is repeated with the calculation type as &#039;Dynamics&#039; rather than &#039;MEP&#039;, the inertial motion of the atoms is indicated by the oscillation of the BC distance caused by the masses interacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure2.png|thumb|center|A PES with the reaction path highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C1.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure1.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.077 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; do not collide so no reaction occurs || [[File:MRD_114_figure2.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure3.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates but m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; remains intact so no reaction occurs. This is a case of barrier recrossing: the system crosses the transition state region, the bond in the product forms, but then the system reverts back to the reactants. || [[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide, and though r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates they ultimately react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|| [[File:MRD_114_figure5.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A powerful theory to rationalise and calculate the rate of chemical reactions based on the properties of the reactants and the transitions state structure is Transition State Theory. It predicts that the rate constant for a generic bimolecular reaction &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{A+B}\rightarrow\mathcal{P}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=R_{cl}\frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A crucial assumption of Transition State Theory in estimating &#039;&#039;R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cl&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is that all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. By further assuming that the kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate follows the Boltzmann distribution, one obtain the conventional Transition State Theory rate constant expression:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=\frac{k_B T}{h} \frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Transition State Theory motion is treated by classical mechanics, and it is assumed that this motion always leads to products without recrossings of the saddle point. This is incorrect as quantum mechanical tunneling allows barrier crossing to take place when the total energy is less than the potential energy at the top of the barrier.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Barrier recrossing is seento occur in the calculated experiment values, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|thumb|The PES of a reaction where barrier crossing occurs.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs early in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an attractive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a relatively weak H-H bond is broken while a strong H-F bond is formed; bond making is an exothermic process, so the formation of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction exothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 125 pm and the H---H gap is 96 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an exothermic reaction is close in structure to the reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 125 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 96 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF is an endothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs late in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an repulsive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a strong H-F bond is broken while a weaker H-H bond is formed; bond breaking is an endothermic process, so the breakage of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction endothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of H + HF with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 129 pm and the H---H gap is 90 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an endothermic reaction is close in structure to the products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 129 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 140 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. By considering the animation and Momenta vs Time plot, the mechanism can be examined. As H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaches F the momentum of its bond increases; after the transition state, where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bonds with F and the other H moves away from the new product, the H-F bond oscillates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_123_figure1.png|center|thumb|The Momenta vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The hydrogen molecule could be polaried by the electronegative fluoride and form a bond in the transition state via an S&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;N&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;2 mechanism. It could be possible to determine the order of the reaction experimentally, which should correspond to a S&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;N&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;2 rate law involving the concentrations of both the species in the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules explain and predict the effect of translational and vibrational energy in driving reactions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.khanacademy.org/math/multivariable-calculus/applications-of-multivariable-derivatives/optimizing-multivariable-functions/a/maximums-minimums-and-saddle-points &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;&amp;gt; N. E. Henriksen and F. Y. Hansen Theories of Molecular Reaction Dynamics 2nd ed., OUP, 2019 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, de Paula, Keeler: Physical Chemistry, 11th Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Clayden, Greeves, Warren: Organic Chemistry, 2nd Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799467</id>
		<title>MRD:01531254</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799467"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T13:34:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: /* Reaction dynamics: F + H2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics Lab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objectives of this exercise are to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, where an atom and a diatomic molecule collide, through calculating Molecular Dynamics trajectories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. The transition point can be identified on a potential energy surface as being at a saddle point, where the reactive trajectory is at its highest point and the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero. Saddle points have a local maximum in one direction and a local minimum in the other. They can be mathematically defined using their gradient: the partial derivative of the gradient, f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, equals zero, indicating that the gradient is zero at this point. Furthermore, saddle points are distinguished from local minima in that the result of the second partial derivative test, f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, is larger than zero. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_111_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state must have r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. In trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the trajectory oscillates on the ridge; this can be used to locate the transition state geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When testing different initial conditions with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, it can be seen that the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C10.png|center|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; is shown below ,and clear oscillation can be seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure1.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is set to 91, the vibration is very minimal. This is a good estimate for the transition state because when a trajectory starts at the transition state, with no initial momentum, it stays there forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure2.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path and trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Comment on how the mep and the trajectory differ. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (or mep) is a very special trajectory that corresponds to infinitely slow motion. This can be tested with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and the calculation type as &#039;MEP&#039;. With r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 92 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 91, it can be seen that the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the mep trajectory highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, mep doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction because it doesn&#039;t account for the mass of the atoms. When the same reaction is repeated with the calculation type as &#039;Dynamics&#039; rather than &#039;MEP&#039;, the inertial motion of the atoms is indicated by the oscillation of the BC distance caused by the masses interacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure2.png|thumb|center|A PES with the reaction path highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C1.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure1.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.077 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; do not collide so no reaction occurs || [[File:MRD_114_figure2.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure3.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates but m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; remains intact so no reaction occurs. This is a case of barrier recrossing: the system crosses the transition state region, the bond in the product forms, but then the system reverts back to the reactants. || [[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide, and though r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates they ultimately react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|| [[File:MRD_114_figure5.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A powerful theory to rationalise and calculate the rate of chemical reactions based on the properties of the reactants and the transitions state structure is Transition State Theory. It predicts that the rate constant for a generic bimolecular reaction &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{A+B}\rightarrow\mathcal{P}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=R_{cl}\frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A crucial assumption of Transition State Theory in estimating &#039;&#039;R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cl&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is that all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. By further assuming that the kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate follows the Boltzmann distribution, one obtain the conventional Transition State Theory rate constant expression:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=\frac{k_B T}{h} \frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Transition State Theory motion is treated by classical mechanics, and it is assumed that this motion always leads to products without recrossings of the saddle point. This is incorrect as quantum mechanical tunneling allows barrier crossing to take place when the total energy is less than the potential energy at the top of the barrier.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Barrier recrossing is seento occur in the calculated experiment values, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|thumb|The PES of a reaction where barrier crossing occurs.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs early in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an attractive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a relatively weak H-H bond is broken while a strong H-F bond is formed; bond making is an exothermic process, so the formation of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction exothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 125 pm and the H---H gap is 96 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an exothermic reaction is close in structure to the reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 125 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 96 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF is an endothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs late in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an repulsive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a strong H-F bond is broken while a weaker H-H bond is formed; bond breaking is an endothermic process, so the breakage of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction endothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of H + HF with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 129 pm and the H---H gap is 90 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an endothermic reaction is close in structure to the products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 129 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 140 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. By considering the animation and Momenta vs Time plot, the mechanism can be examined. As H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaches F the momentum of its bond increases; after the transition state, where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bonds with F and the other H moves away from the new product, the H-F bond oscillates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_123_figure1.png|center|thumb|The Momenta vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The hydrogen molecule could be polaried by the electronegative fluoride and form a bond in the transition state via an S&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;N&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;2 mechanism. It could be possible to determine the order of the reaction experimentally, which should correspond to a S&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;N&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;2 rate law involving the concentrations of both the species in the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.khanacademy.org/math/multivariable-calculus/applications-of-multivariable-derivatives/optimizing-multivariable-functions/a/maximums-minimums-and-saddle-points &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;&amp;gt; N. E. Henriksen and F. Y. Hansen Theories of Molecular Reaction Dynamics 2nd ed., OUP, 2019 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, de Paula, Keeler: Physical Chemistry, 11th Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Clayden, Greeves, Warren: Organic Chemistry, 2nd Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799465</id>
		<title>MRD:01531254</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799465"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T13:33:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: /* Reaction dynamics: F + H2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics Lab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objectives of this exercise are to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, where an atom and a diatomic molecule collide, through calculating Molecular Dynamics trajectories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. The transition point can be identified on a potential energy surface as being at a saddle point, where the reactive trajectory is at its highest point and the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero. Saddle points have a local maximum in one direction and a local minimum in the other. They can be mathematically defined using their gradient: the partial derivative of the gradient, f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, equals zero, indicating that the gradient is zero at this point. Furthermore, saddle points are distinguished from local minima in that the result of the second partial derivative test, f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, is larger than zero. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_111_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state must have r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. In trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the trajectory oscillates on the ridge; this can be used to locate the transition state geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When testing different initial conditions with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, it can be seen that the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C10.png|center|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; is shown below ,and clear oscillation can be seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure1.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is set to 91, the vibration is very minimal. This is a good estimate for the transition state because when a trajectory starts at the transition state, with no initial momentum, it stays there forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure2.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path and trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Comment on how the mep and the trajectory differ. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (or mep) is a very special trajectory that corresponds to infinitely slow motion. This can be tested with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and the calculation type as &#039;MEP&#039;. With r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 92 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 91, it can be seen that the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the mep trajectory highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, mep doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction because it doesn&#039;t account for the mass of the atoms. When the same reaction is repeated with the calculation type as &#039;Dynamics&#039; rather than &#039;MEP&#039;, the inertial motion of the atoms is indicated by the oscillation of the BC distance caused by the masses interacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure2.png|thumb|center|A PES with the reaction path highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C1.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure1.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.077 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; do not collide so no reaction occurs || [[File:MRD_114_figure2.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure3.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates but m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; remains intact so no reaction occurs. This is a case of barrier recrossing: the system crosses the transition state region, the bond in the product forms, but then the system reverts back to the reactants. || [[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide, and though r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates they ultimately react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|| [[File:MRD_114_figure5.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A powerful theory to rationalise and calculate the rate of chemical reactions based on the properties of the reactants and the transitions state structure is Transition State Theory. It predicts that the rate constant for a generic bimolecular reaction &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{A+B}\rightarrow\mathcal{P}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=R_{cl}\frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A crucial assumption of Transition State Theory in estimating &#039;&#039;R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cl&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is that all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. By further assuming that the kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate follows the Boltzmann distribution, one obtain the conventional Transition State Theory rate constant expression:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=\frac{k_B T}{h} \frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Transition State Theory motion is treated by classical mechanics, and it is assumed that this motion always leads to products without recrossings of the saddle point. This is incorrect as quantum mechanical tunneling allows barrier crossing to take place when the total energy is less than the potential energy at the top of the barrier.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Barrier recrossing is seento occur in the calculated experiment values, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|thumb|The PES of a reaction where barrier crossing occurs.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs early in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an attractive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a relatively weak H-H bond is broken while a strong H-F bond is formed; bond making is an exothermic process, so the formation of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction exothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 125 pm and the H---H gap is 96 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an exothermic reaction is close in structure to the reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 125 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 96 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF is an endothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs late in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an repulsive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a strong H-F bond is broken while a weaker H-H bond is formed; bond breaking is an endothermic process, so the breakage of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction endothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of H + HF with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 129 pm and the H---H gap is 90 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an endothermic reaction is close in structure to the products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 129 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 140 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. By considering the animation and Momenta vs Time plot, the mechanism can be examined. As H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaches F the momentum of its bond increases; after the transition state, where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bonds with F and the other H moves away from the new product, the H-F bond oscillates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_123_figure1.png|center|thumb|The Momenta vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The hydrogen molecule could be polaried by the electronegative fluoride and form a bond in the transition state via an S&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;N&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;2 mechanism. It could be possible to determine the order of the reaction experimentally, which should correspond to a S&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;N&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;2 rate law involving the concentrations of both species in the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.khanacademy.org/math/multivariable-calculus/applications-of-multivariable-derivatives/optimizing-multivariable-functions/a/maximums-minimums-and-saddle-points &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;&amp;gt; N. E. Henriksen and F. Y. Hansen Theories of Molecular Reaction Dynamics 2nd ed., OUP, 2019 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, de Paula, Keeler: Physical Chemistry, 11th Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Clayden, Greeves, Warren: Organic Chemistry, 2nd Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:MRD_123_figure1.png&amp;diff=799456</id>
		<title>File:MRD 123 figure1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:MRD_123_figure1.png&amp;diff=799456"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T13:25:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799454</id>
		<title>MRD:01531254</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799454"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T13:25:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: /* Exercise 2: F - H - H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics Lab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objectives of this exercise are to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, where an atom and a diatomic molecule collide, through calculating Molecular Dynamics trajectories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. The transition point can be identified on a potential energy surface as being at a saddle point, where the reactive trajectory is at its highest point and the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero. Saddle points have a local maximum in one direction and a local minimum in the other. They can be mathematically defined using their gradient: the partial derivative of the gradient, f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, equals zero, indicating that the gradient is zero at this point. Furthermore, saddle points are distinguished from local minima in that the result of the second partial derivative test, f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, is larger than zero. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_111_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state must have r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. In trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the trajectory oscillates on the ridge; this can be used to locate the transition state geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When testing different initial conditions with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, it can be seen that the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C10.png|center|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; is shown below ,and clear oscillation can be seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure1.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is set to 91, the vibration is very minimal. This is a good estimate for the transition state because when a trajectory starts at the transition state, with no initial momentum, it stays there forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure2.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path and trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Comment on how the mep and the trajectory differ. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (or mep) is a very special trajectory that corresponds to infinitely slow motion. This can be tested with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and the calculation type as &#039;MEP&#039;. With r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 92 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 91, it can be seen that the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the mep trajectory highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, mep doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction because it doesn&#039;t account for the mass of the atoms. When the same reaction is repeated with the calculation type as &#039;Dynamics&#039; rather than &#039;MEP&#039;, the inertial motion of the atoms is indicated by the oscillation of the BC distance caused by the masses interacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure2.png|thumb|center|A PES with the reaction path highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C1.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure1.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.077 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; do not collide so no reaction occurs || [[File:MRD_114_figure2.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure3.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates but m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; remains intact so no reaction occurs. This is a case of barrier recrossing: the system crosses the transition state region, the bond in the product forms, but then the system reverts back to the reactants. || [[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide, and though r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates they ultimately react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|| [[File:MRD_114_figure5.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A powerful theory to rationalise and calculate the rate of chemical reactions based on the properties of the reactants and the transitions state structure is Transition State Theory. It predicts that the rate constant for a generic bimolecular reaction &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{A+B}\rightarrow\mathcal{P}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=R_{cl}\frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A crucial assumption of Transition State Theory in estimating &#039;&#039;R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cl&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is that all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. By further assuming that the kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate follows the Boltzmann distribution, one obtain the conventional Transition State Theory rate constant expression:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=\frac{k_B T}{h} \frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Transition State Theory motion is treated by classical mechanics, and it is assumed that this motion always leads to products without recrossings of the saddle point. This is incorrect as quantum mechanical tunneling allows barrier crossing to take place when the total energy is less than the potential energy at the top of the barrier.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Barrier recrossing is seento occur in the calculated experiment values, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|thumb|The PES of a reaction where barrier crossing occurs.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs early in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an attractive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a relatively weak H-H bond is broken while a strong H-F bond is formed; bond making is an exothermic process, so the formation of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction exothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 125 pm and the H---H gap is 96 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an exothermic reaction is close in structure to the reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 125 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 96 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF is an endothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs late in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an repulsive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a strong H-F bond is broken while a weaker H-H bond is formed; bond breaking is an endothermic process, so the breakage of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction endothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of H + HF with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 129 pm and the H---H gap is 90 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an endothermic reaction is close in structure to the products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 129 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 140 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. By considering the animation and Momenta vs Time plot, the mechanism can be examined. As H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaches F the momentum of its bond increases; after the transition state, where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bonds with F and the other H moves away from the new product, the H-F bond oscillates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_123_figure1.png|center|thumb|The Momenta vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The hydrogen molecule could be polaried by the electronegative fluoride and form a bond in the transition state via an S&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;N&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;2 mechanism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.khanacademy.org/math/multivariable-calculus/applications-of-multivariable-derivatives/optimizing-multivariable-functions/a/maximums-minimums-and-saddle-points &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;&amp;gt; N. E. Henriksen and F. Y. Hansen Theories of Molecular Reaction Dynamics 2nd ed., OUP, 2019 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, de Paula, Keeler: Physical Chemistry, 11th Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Clayden, Greeves, Warren: Organic Chemistry, 2nd Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799445</id>
		<title>MRD:01531254</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799445"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T13:11:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: /* Reaction dynamics: F + H2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics Lab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objectives of this exercise are to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, where an atom and a diatomic molecule collide, through calculating Molecular Dynamics trajectories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. The transition point can be identified on a potential energy surface as being at a saddle point, where the reactive trajectory is at its highest point and the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero. Saddle points have a local maximum in one direction and a local minimum in the other. They can be mathematically defined using their gradient: the partial derivative of the gradient, f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, equals zero, indicating that the gradient is zero at this point. Furthermore, saddle points are distinguished from local minima in that the result of the second partial derivative test, f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, is larger than zero. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_111_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state must have r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. In trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the trajectory oscillates on the ridge; this can be used to locate the transition state geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When testing different initial conditions with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, it can be seen that the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C10.png|center|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; is shown below ,and clear oscillation can be seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure1.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is set to 91, the vibration is very minimal. This is a good estimate for the transition state because when a trajectory starts at the transition state, with no initial momentum, it stays there forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure2.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path and trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Comment on how the mep and the trajectory differ. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (or mep) is a very special trajectory that corresponds to infinitely slow motion. This can be tested with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and the calculation type as &#039;MEP&#039;. With r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 92 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 91, it can be seen that the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the mep trajectory highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, mep doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction because it doesn&#039;t account for the mass of the atoms. When the same reaction is repeated with the calculation type as &#039;Dynamics&#039; rather than &#039;MEP&#039;, the inertial motion of the atoms is indicated by the oscillation of the BC distance caused by the masses interacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure2.png|thumb|center|A PES with the reaction path highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C1.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure1.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.077 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; do not collide so no reaction occurs || [[File:MRD_114_figure2.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure3.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates but m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; remains intact so no reaction occurs. This is a case of barrier recrossing: the system crosses the transition state region, the bond in the product forms, but then the system reverts back to the reactants. || [[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide, and though r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates they ultimately react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|| [[File:MRD_114_figure5.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A powerful theory to rationalise and calculate the rate of chemical reactions based on the properties of the reactants and the transitions state structure is Transition State Theory. It predicts that the rate constant for a generic bimolecular reaction &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{A+B}\rightarrow\mathcal{P}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=R_{cl}\frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A crucial assumption of Transition State Theory in estimating &#039;&#039;R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cl&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is that all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. By further assuming that the kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate follows the Boltzmann distribution, one obtain the conventional Transition State Theory rate constant expression:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=\frac{k_B T}{h} \frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Transition State Theory motion is treated by classical mechanics, and it is assumed that this motion always leads to products without recrossings of the saddle point. This is incorrect as quantum mechanical tunneling allows barrier crossing to take place when the total energy is less than the potential energy at the top of the barrier.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Barrier recrossing is seento occur in the calculated experiment values, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|thumb|The PES of a reaction where barrier crossing occurs.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs early in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an attractive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a relatively weak H-H bond is broken while a strong H-F bond is formed; bond making is an exothermic process, so the formation of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction exothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 125 pm and the H---H gap is 96 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an exothermic reaction is close in structure to the reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 125 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 96 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF is an endothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs late in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an repulsive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a strong H-F bond is broken while a weaker H-H bond is formed; bond breaking is an endothermic process, so the breakage of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction endothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of H + HF with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 129 pm and the H---H gap is 90 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an endothermic reaction is close in structure to the products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 129 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 140 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. By considering the animation and Momenta vs Time plot, the mechanism can be examined. As H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaches F the momentum of its bond increases; after the transition state, where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bonds with F and the other H moves away from the new product, the H-F bond oscillates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.khanacademy.org/math/multivariable-calculus/applications-of-multivariable-derivatives/optimizing-multivariable-functions/a/maximums-minimums-and-saddle-points &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;&amp;gt; N. E. Henriksen and F. Y. Hansen Theories of Molecular Reaction Dynamics 2nd ed., OUP, 2019 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, de Paula, Keeler: Physical Chemistry, 11th Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Clayden, Greeves, Warren: Organic Chemistry, 2nd Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799403</id>
		<title>MRD:01531254</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799403"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T12:41:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: /* Exercise 2: F - H - H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics Lab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objectives of this exercise are to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, where an atom and a diatomic molecule collide, through calculating Molecular Dynamics trajectories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. The transition point can be identified on a potential energy surface as being at a saddle point, where the reactive trajectory is at its highest point and the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero. Saddle points have a local maximum in one direction and a local minimum in the other. They can be mathematically defined using their gradient: the partial derivative of the gradient, f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, equals zero, indicating that the gradient is zero at this point. Furthermore, saddle points are distinguished from local minima in that the result of the second partial derivative test, f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, is larger than zero. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_111_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state must have r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. In trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the trajectory oscillates on the ridge; this can be used to locate the transition state geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When testing different initial conditions with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, it can be seen that the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C10.png|center|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; is shown below ,and clear oscillation can be seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure1.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is set to 91, the vibration is very minimal. This is a good estimate for the transition state because when a trajectory starts at the transition state, with no initial momentum, it stays there forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure2.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path and trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Comment on how the mep and the trajectory differ. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (or mep) is a very special trajectory that corresponds to infinitely slow motion. This can be tested with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and the calculation type as &#039;MEP&#039;. With r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 92 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 91, it can be seen that the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the mep trajectory highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, mep doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction because it doesn&#039;t account for the mass of the atoms. When the same reaction is repeated with the calculation type as &#039;Dynamics&#039; rather than &#039;MEP&#039;, the inertial motion of the atoms is indicated by the oscillation of the BC distance caused by the masses interacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure2.png|thumb|center|A PES with the reaction path highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C1.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure1.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.077 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; do not collide so no reaction occurs || [[File:MRD_114_figure2.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure3.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates but m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; remains intact so no reaction occurs. This is a case of barrier recrossing: the system crosses the transition state region, the bond in the product forms, but then the system reverts back to the reactants. || [[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide, and though r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates they ultimately react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|| [[File:MRD_114_figure5.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A powerful theory to rationalise and calculate the rate of chemical reactions based on the properties of the reactants and the transitions state structure is Transition State Theory. It predicts that the rate constant for a generic bimolecular reaction &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{A+B}\rightarrow\mathcal{P}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=R_{cl}\frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A crucial assumption of Transition State Theory in estimating &#039;&#039;R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cl&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is that all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. By further assuming that the kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate follows the Boltzmann distribution, one obtain the conventional Transition State Theory rate constant expression:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=\frac{k_B T}{h} \frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Transition State Theory motion is treated by classical mechanics, and it is assumed that this motion always leads to products without recrossings of the saddle point. This is incorrect as quantum mechanical tunneling allows barrier crossing to take place when the total energy is less than the potential energy at the top of the barrier.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Barrier recrossing is seento occur in the calculated experiment values, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|thumb|The PES of a reaction where barrier crossing occurs.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs early in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an attractive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a relatively weak H-H bond is broken while a strong H-F bond is formed; bond making is an exothermic process, so the formation of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction exothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 125 pm and the H---H gap is 96 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an exothermic reaction is close in structure to the reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 125 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 96 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF is an endothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs late in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an repulsive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a strong H-F bond is broken while a weaker H-H bond is formed; bond breaking is an endothermic process, so the breakage of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction endothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of H + HF with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 129 pm and the H---H gap is 90 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an endothermic reaction is close in structure to the products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 129 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 140 pm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. By considering the animation and Momenta vs Time plot, the mechanism can be examined.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.khanacademy.org/math/multivariable-calculus/applications-of-multivariable-derivatives/optimizing-multivariable-functions/a/maximums-minimums-and-saddle-points &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;&amp;gt; N. E. Henriksen and F. Y. Hansen Theories of Molecular Reaction Dynamics 2nd ed., OUP, 2019 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, de Paula, Keeler: Physical Chemistry, 11th Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Clayden, Greeves, Warren: Organic Chemistry, 2nd Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799282</id>
		<title>MRD:01531254</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799282"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T11:04:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: /* Dynamics from the transition state region */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics Lab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objectives of this exercise are to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, where an atom and a diatomic molecule collide, through calculating Molecular Dynamics trajectories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. The transition point can be identified on a potential energy surface as being at a saddle point, where the reactive trajectory is at its highest point and the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero. Saddle points have a local maximum in one direction and a local minimum in the other. They can be mathematically defined using their gradient: the partial derivative of the gradient, f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, equals zero, indicating that the gradient is zero at this point. Furthermore, saddle points are distinguished from local minima in that the result of the second partial derivative test, f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xx&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;yy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;xy&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, is larger than zero. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_111_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state must have r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. In trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the trajectory oscillates on the ridge; this can be used to locate the transition state geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When testing different initial conditions with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, it can be seen that the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C10.png|center|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; is shown below ,and clear oscillation can be seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure1.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is set to 91, the vibration is very minimal. This is a good estimate for the transition state because when a trajectory starts at the transition state, with no initial momentum, it stays there forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure2.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path and trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Comment on how the mep and the trajectory differ. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (or mep) is a very special trajectory that corresponds to infinitely slow motion. This can be tested with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and the calculation type as &#039;MEP&#039;. With r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 92 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 91, it can be seen that the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the mep trajectory highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, mep doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction because it doesn&#039;t account for the mass of the atoms. When the same reaction is repeated with the calculation type as &#039;Dynamics&#039; rather than &#039;MEP&#039;, the inertial motion of the atoms is indicated by the oscillation of the BC distance caused by the masses interacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure2.png|thumb|center|A PES with the reaction path highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C1.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure1.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.077 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; do not collide so no reaction occurs || [[File:MRD_114_figure2.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure3.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates but m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; remains intact so no reaction occurs. This is a case of barrier recrossing: the system crosses the transition state region, the bond in the product forms, but then the system reverts back to the reactants. || [[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide, and though r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates they ultimately react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|| [[File:MRD_114_figure5.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A powerful theory to rationalise and calculate the rate of chemical reactions based on the properties of the reactants and the transitions state structure is Transition State Theory. It predicts that the rate constant for a generic bimolecular reaction &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{A+B}\rightarrow\mathcal{P}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=R_{cl}\frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A crucial assumption of Transition State Theory in estimating &#039;&#039;R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cl&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is that all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. By further assuming that the kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate follows the Boltzmann distribution, one obtain the conventional Transition State Theory rate constant expression:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=\frac{k_B T}{h} \frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Transition State Theory motion is treated by classical mechanics, and it is assumed that this motion always leads to products without recrossings of the saddle point. This is incorrect as quantum mechanical tunneling allows barrier crossing to take place when the total energy is less than the potential energy at the top of the barrier.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Barrier recrossing is seento occur in the calculated experiment values, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|thumb|The PES of a reaction where barrier crossing occurs.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs early in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an attractive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a relatively weak H-H bond is broken while a strong H-F bond is formed; bond making is an exothermic process, so the formation of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction exothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 125 pm and the H---H gap is 96 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an exothermic reaction is close in structure to the reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 125 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 96 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By using initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; with the calculation type as &#039;MEP&#039;, the activation energy can be determined.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF is an endothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs late in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an repulsive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a strong H-F bond is broken while a weaker H-H bond is formed; bond breaking is an endothermic process, so the breakage of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction endothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of H + HF with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 129 pm and the H---H gap is 90 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an endothermic reaction is close in structure to the products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 129 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: reverse reaction ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.khanacademy.org/math/multivariable-calculus/applications-of-multivariable-derivatives/optimizing-multivariable-functions/a/maximums-minimums-and-saddle-points &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;&amp;gt; N. E. Henriksen and F. Y. Hansen Theories of Molecular Reaction Dynamics 2nd ed., OUP, 2019 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, de Paula, Keeler: Physical Chemistry, 11th Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Clayden, Greeves, Warren: Organic Chemistry, 2nd Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799210</id>
		<title>MRD:01531254</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799210"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T10:09:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics Lab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objectives of this exercise are to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, where an atom and a diatomic molecule collide, through calculating Molecular Dynamics trajectories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. The transition point can be identified on a potential energy surface as being at a saddle point, where the reactive trajectory is at its highest point and the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero. Saddle points have a local maximum in one direction and a local minimum in the other. They can be mathematically defined using their gradient: the partial derivative of the gradient, dy/dx, equals zero, indicating that the gradient is zero at this point. Furthermore, saddle points are distinguished from local minima in that their second partial derivative, d&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;y/dx&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, is larger than zero. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_111_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state must have r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. In trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the trajectory oscillates on the ridge; this can be used to locate the transition state geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When testing different initial conditions with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, it can be seen that the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C10.png|center|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; is shown below ,and clear oscillation can be seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure1.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is set to 91, the vibration is very minimal. This is a good estimate for the transition state because when a trajectory starts at the transition state, with no initial momentum, it stays there forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure2.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path and trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Comment on how the mep and the trajectory differ. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (or mep) is a very special trajectory that corresponds to infinitely slow motion. This can be tested with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and the calculation type as &#039;MEP&#039;. With r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 92 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 91, it can be seen that the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the mep trajectory highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, mep doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction because it doesn&#039;t account for the mass of the atoms. When the same reaction is repeated with the calculation type as &#039;Dynamics&#039; rather than &#039;MEP&#039;, the inertial motion of the atoms is indicated by the oscillation of the BC distance caused by the masses interacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure2.png|thumb|center|A PES with the reaction path highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C1.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure1.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.077 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; do not collide so no reaction occurs || [[File:MRD_114_figure2.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure3.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates but m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; remains intact so no reaction occurs. This is a case of barrier recrossing: the system crosses the transition state region, the bond in the product forms, but then the system reverts back to the reactants. || [[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide, and though r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates they ultimately react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|| [[File:MRD_114_figure5.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A powerful theory to rationalise and calculate the rate of chemical reactions based on the properties of the reactants and the transitions state structure is Transition State Theory. It predicts that the rate constant for a generic bimolecular reaction &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{A+B}\rightarrow\mathcal{P}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=R_{cl}\frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A crucial assumption of Transition State Theory in estimating &#039;&#039;R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cl&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is that all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. By further assuming that the kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate follows the Boltzmann distribution, one obtain the conventional Transition State Theory rate constant expression:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=\frac{k_B T}{h} \frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Transition State Theory motion is treated by classical mechanics, and it is assumed that this motion always leads to products without recrossings of the saddle point. This is incorrect as quantum mechanical tunneling allows barrier crossing to take place when the total energy is less than the potential energy at the top of the barrier.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Barrier recrossing is seento occur in the calculated experiment values, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|thumb|The PES of a reaction where barrier crossing occurs.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs early in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an attractive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a relatively weak H-H bond is broken while a strong H-F bond is formed; bond making is an exothermic process, so the formation of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction exothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 125 pm and the H---H gap is 96 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an exothermic reaction is close in structure to the reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 125 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 96 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By using initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; with the calculation type as &#039;MEP&#039;, the activation energy can be determined.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF is an endothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs late in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an repulsive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a strong H-F bond is broken while a weaker H-H bond is formed; bond breaking is an endothermic process, so the breakage of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction endothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of H + HF with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 129 pm and the H---H gap is 90 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an endothermic reaction is close in structure to the products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 129 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: reverse reaction ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.khanacademy.org/math/multivariable-calculus/applications-of-multivariable-derivatives/optimizing-multivariable-functions/a/maximums-minimums-and-saddle-points &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;&amp;gt; N. E. Henriksen and F. Y. Hansen Theories of Molecular Reaction Dynamics 2nd ed., OUP, 2019 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, de Paula, Keeler: Physical Chemistry, 11th Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Clayden, Greeves, Warren: Organic Chemistry, 2nd Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799206</id>
		<title>MRD:01531254</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799206"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T10:07:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: /* Calculating the reaction path and trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics Lab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objectives of this exercise are to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, where an atom and a diatomic molecule collide, through calculating Molecular Dynamics trajectories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. The transition point can be identified on a potential energy surface as being at a saddle point, where the reactive trajectory is at its highest point and the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero. Saddle points have a local maximum in one direction and a local minimum in the other. They can be mathematically defined using their gradient: the partial derivative of the gradient, dy/dx, equals zero, indicating that the gradient is zero at this point. Furthermore, saddle points are distinguished from local minima in that their second partial derivative, d&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;y/dx&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, is larger than zero. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_111_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state must have r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. In trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the trajectory oscillates on the ridge; this can be used to locate the transition state geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When testing different initial conditions with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, it can be seen that the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C10.png|center|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; is shown below ,and clear oscillation can be seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure1.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is set to 91, the vibration is very minimal. This is a good estimate for the transition state because when a trajectory starts at the transition state, with no initial momentum, it stays there forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure2.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path and trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Comment on how the mep and the trajectory differ. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (or mep) is a very special trajectory that corresponds to infinitely slow motion. This can be tested with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and the calculation type as &#039;MEP&#039;. With r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 92 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 91, it can be seen that the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the mep trajectory highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, mep doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction because it doesn&#039;t account for the mass of the atoms. When the same reaction is repeated with the calculation type as &#039;Dynamics&#039; rather than &#039;MEP&#039;, the inertial motion of the atoms is indicated by the oscillation of the BC distance caused by the masses interacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure2.png|thumb|center|A PES with the reaction path highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C1.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure1.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.077 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; do not collide so no reaction occurs || [[File:MRD_114_figure2.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure3.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates but m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; remains intact so no reaction occurs. This is a case of barrier recrossing: the system crosses the transition state region, the bond in the product forms, but then the system reverts back to the reactants. || [[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide, and though r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates they ultimately react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|| [[File:MRD_114_figure5.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A powerful theory to rationalise and calculate the rate of chemical reactions based on the properties of the reactants and the transitions state structure is Transition State Theory. It predicts that the rate constant for a generic bimolecular reaction &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{A+B}\rightarrow\mathcal{P}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=R_{cl}\frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A crucial assumption of Transition State Theory in estimating &#039;&#039;R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cl&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is that all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. By further assuming that the kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate follows the Boltzmann distribution, one obtain the conventional Transition State Theory rate constant expression:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=\frac{k_B T}{h} \frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Transition State Theory motion is treated by classical mechanics, and it is assumed that this motion always leads to products without recrossings of the saddle point. This is incorrect as quantum mechanical tunneling allows barrier crossing to take place when the total energy is less than the potential energy at the top of the barrier.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Barrier recrossing is seento occur in the calculated experiment values, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|thumb|The PES of a reaction where barrier crossing occurs.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs early in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an attractive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a relatively weak H-H bond is broken while a strong H-F bond is formed; bond making is an exothermic process, so the formation of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction exothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 125 pm and the H---H gap is 96 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an exothermic reaction is close in structure to the reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 125 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 96 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF is an endothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs late in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an repulsive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a strong H-F bond is broken while a weaker H-H bond is formed; bond breaking is an endothermic process, so the breakage of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction endothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of H + HF with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 129 pm and the H---H gap is 90 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an endothermic reaction is close in structure to the products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 129 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: reverse reaction ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.khanacademy.org/math/multivariable-calculus/applications-of-multivariable-derivatives/optimizing-multivariable-functions/a/maximums-minimums-and-saddle-points &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;&amp;gt; N. E. Henriksen and F. Y. Hansen Theories of Molecular Reaction Dynamics 2nd ed., OUP, 2019 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, de Paula, Keeler: Physical Chemistry, 11th Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Clayden, Greeves, Warren: Organic Chemistry, 2nd Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799201</id>
		<title>MRD:01531254</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799201"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T10:05:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: /* Exercise 2: F - H - H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics Lab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objectives of this exercise are to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, where an atom and a diatomic molecule collide, through calculating Molecular Dynamics trajectories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. The transition point can be identified on a potential energy surface as being at a saddle point, where the reactive trajectory is at its highest point and the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero. Saddle points have a local maximum in one direction and a local minimum in the other. They can be mathematically defined using their gradient: the partial derivative of the gradient, dy/dx, equals zero, indicating that the gradient is zero at this point. Furthermore, saddle points are distinguished from local minima in that their second partial derivative, d&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;y/dx&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, is larger than zero. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_111_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state must have r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. In trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the trajectory oscillates on the ridge; this can be used to locate the transition state geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When testing different initial conditions with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, it can be seen that the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C10.png|center|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; is shown below ,and clear oscillation can be seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure1.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is set to 91, the vibration is very minimal. This is a good estimate for the transition state because when a trajectory starts at the transition state, with no initial momentum, it stays there forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure2.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path and trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Comment on how the mep and the trajectory differ. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (or mep) is a very special trajectory that corresponds to infinitely slow motion. This wan be tested with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and the calculation type as &#039;MEP&#039;. With r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 92 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 91, it can be seen that the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the mep trajectory highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, mep doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction because it doesn&#039;t account for the mass of the atoms. When the same reaction is repeated with the calculation type as &#039;Dynamics&#039; rather than &#039;MEP&#039;, the inertial motion of the atoms is indicated by the oscillation of the BC distance caused by the masses interacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure2.png|thumb|center|A PES with the reaction path highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C1.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure1.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.077 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; do not collide so no reaction occurs || [[File:MRD_114_figure2.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure3.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates but m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; remains intact so no reaction occurs. This is a case of barrier recrossing: the system crosses the transition state region, the bond in the product forms, but then the system reverts back to the reactants. || [[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide, and though r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates they ultimately react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|| [[File:MRD_114_figure5.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A powerful theory to rationalise and calculate the rate of chemical reactions based on the properties of the reactants and the transitions state structure is Transition State Theory. It predicts that the rate constant for a generic bimolecular reaction &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{A+B}\rightarrow\mathcal{P}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=R_{cl}\frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A crucial assumption of Transition State Theory in estimating &#039;&#039;R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cl&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is that all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. By further assuming that the kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate follows the Boltzmann distribution, one obtain the conventional Transition State Theory rate constant expression:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=\frac{k_B T}{h} \frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Transition State Theory motion is treated by classical mechanics, and it is assumed that this motion always leads to products without recrossings of the saddle point. This is incorrect as quantum mechanical tunneling allows barrier crossing to take place when the total energy is less than the potential energy at the top of the barrier.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Barrier recrossing is seento occur in the calculated experiment values, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|thumb|The PES of a reaction where barrier crossing occurs.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs early in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an attractive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a relatively weak H-H bond is broken while a strong H-F bond is formed; bond making is an exothermic process, so the formation of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction exothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 125 pm and the H---H gap is 96 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an exothermic reaction is close in structure to the reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 125 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 96 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF is an endothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs late in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an repulsive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a strong H-F bond is broken while a weaker H-H bond is formed; bond breaking is an endothermic process, so the breakage of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction endothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of H + HF with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 129 pm and the H---H gap is 90 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an endothermic reaction is close in structure to the products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 129 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: reverse reaction ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.khanacademy.org/math/multivariable-calculus/applications-of-multivariable-derivatives/optimizing-multivariable-functions/a/maximums-minimums-and-saddle-points &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;&amp;gt; N. E. Henriksen and F. Y. Hansen Theories of Molecular Reaction Dynamics 2nd ed., OUP, 2019 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, de Paula, Keeler: Physical Chemistry, 11th Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Clayden, Greeves, Warren: Organic Chemistry, 2nd Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799200</id>
		<title>MRD:01531254</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799200"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T10:05:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: /* PES inspection: H + HF */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics Lab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objectives of this exercise are to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, where an atom and a diatomic molecule collide, through calculating Molecular Dynamics trajectories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. The transition point can be identified on a potential energy surface as being at a saddle point, where the reactive trajectory is at its highest point and the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero. Saddle points have a local maximum in one direction and a local minimum in the other. They can be mathematically defined using their gradient: the partial derivative of the gradient, dy/dx, equals zero, indicating that the gradient is zero at this point. Furthermore, saddle points are distinguished from local minima in that their second partial derivative, d&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;y/dx&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, is larger than zero. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_111_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state must have r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. In trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the trajectory oscillates on the ridge; this can be used to locate the transition state geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When testing different initial conditions with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, it can be seen that the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C10.png|center|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; is shown below ,and clear oscillation can be seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure1.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is set to 91, the vibration is very minimal. This is a good estimate for the transition state because when a trajectory starts at the transition state, with no initial momentum, it stays there forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure2.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path and trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Comment on how the mep and the trajectory differ. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (or mep) is a very special trajectory that corresponds to infinitely slow motion. This wan be tested with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and the calculation type as &#039;MEP&#039;. With r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 92 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 91, it can be seen that the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the mep trajectory highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, mep doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction because it doesn&#039;t account for the mass of the atoms. When the same reaction is repeated with the calculation type as &#039;Dynamics&#039; rather than &#039;MEP&#039;, the inertial motion of the atoms is indicated by the oscillation of the BC distance caused by the masses interacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure2.png|thumb|center|A PES with the reaction path highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C1.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure1.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.077 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; do not collide so no reaction occurs || [[File:MRD_114_figure2.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure3.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates but m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; remains intact so no reaction occurs. This is a case of barrier recrossing: the system crosses the transition state region, the bond in the product forms, but then the system reverts back to the reactants. || [[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide, and though r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates they ultimately react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|| [[File:MRD_114_figure5.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A powerful theory to rationalise and calculate the rate of chemical reactions based on the properties of the reactants and the transitions state structure is Transition State Theory. It predicts that the rate constant for a generic bimolecular reaction &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{A+B}\rightarrow\mathcal{P}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=R_{cl}\frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A crucial assumption of Transition State Theory in estimating &#039;&#039;R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cl&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is that all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. By further assuming that the kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate follows the Boltzmann distribution, one obtain the conventional Transition State Theory rate constant expression:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=\frac{k_B T}{h} \frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Transition State Theory motion is treated by classical mechanics, and it is assumed that this motion always leads to products without recrossings of the saddle point. This is incorrect as quantum mechanical tunneling allows barrier crossing to take place when the total energy is less than the potential energy at the top of the barrier.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Barrier recrossing is seento occur in the calculated experiment values, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|thumb|The PES of a reaction where barrier crossing occurs.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs early in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an attractive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a relatively weak H-H bond is broken while a strong H-F bond is formed; bond making is an exothermic process, so the formation of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction exothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 125 pm and the H---H gap is 96 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an exothermic reaction is close in structure to the reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 2&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 125 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 96 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF is an endothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs late in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an repulsive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a strong H-F bond is broken while a weaker H-H bond is formed; bond breaking is an endothermic process, so the breakage of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction endothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of H + HF with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 129 pm and the H---H gap is 90 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an endothermic reaction is close in structure to the products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 129 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: reverse reaction ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.khanacademy.org/math/multivariable-calculus/applications-of-multivariable-derivatives/optimizing-multivariable-functions/a/maximums-minimums-and-saddle-points &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;&amp;gt; N. E. Henriksen and F. Y. Hansen Theories of Molecular Reaction Dynamics 2nd ed., OUP, 2019 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, de Paula, Keeler: Physical Chemistry, 11th Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Clayden, Greeves, Warren: Organic Chemistry, 2nd Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799199</id>
		<title>MRD:01531254</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799199"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T10:03:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics Lab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objectives of this exercise are to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, where an atom and a diatomic molecule collide, through calculating Molecular Dynamics trajectories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. The transition point can be identified on a potential energy surface as being at a saddle point, where the reactive trajectory is at its highest point and the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero. Saddle points have a local maximum in one direction and a local minimum in the other. They can be mathematically defined using their gradient: the partial derivative of the gradient, dy/dx, equals zero, indicating that the gradient is zero at this point. Furthermore, saddle points are distinguished from local minima in that their second partial derivative, d&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;y/dx&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, is larger than zero. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_111_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state must have r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. In trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the trajectory oscillates on the ridge; this can be used to locate the transition state geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When testing different initial conditions with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, it can be seen that the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C10.png|center|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; is shown below ,and clear oscillation can be seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure1.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is set to 91, the vibration is very minimal. This is a good estimate for the transition state because when a trajectory starts at the transition state, with no initial momentum, it stays there forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure2.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path and trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Comment on how the mep and the trajectory differ. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (or mep) is a very special trajectory that corresponds to infinitely slow motion. This wan be tested with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and the calculation type as &#039;MEP&#039;. With r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 92 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 91, it can be seen that the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the mep trajectory highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, mep doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction because it doesn&#039;t account for the mass of the atoms. When the same reaction is repeated with the calculation type as &#039;Dynamics&#039; rather than &#039;MEP&#039;, the inertial motion of the atoms is indicated by the oscillation of the BC distance caused by the masses interacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure2.png|thumb|center|A PES with the reaction path highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C1.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure1.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.077 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; do not collide so no reaction occurs || [[File:MRD_114_figure2.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure3.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates but m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; remains intact so no reaction occurs. This is a case of barrier recrossing: the system crosses the transition state region, the bond in the product forms, but then the system reverts back to the reactants. || [[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide, and though r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates they ultimately react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|| [[File:MRD_114_figure5.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A powerful theory to rationalise and calculate the rate of chemical reactions based on the properties of the reactants and the transitions state structure is Transition State Theory. It predicts that the rate constant for a generic bimolecular reaction &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{A+B}\rightarrow\mathcal{P}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=R_{cl}\frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A crucial assumption of Transition State Theory in estimating &#039;&#039;R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cl&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is that all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. By further assuming that the kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate follows the Boltzmann distribution, one obtain the conventional Transition State Theory rate constant expression:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=\frac{k_B T}{h} \frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Transition State Theory motion is treated by classical mechanics, and it is assumed that this motion always leads to products without recrossings of the saddle point. This is incorrect as quantum mechanical tunneling allows barrier crossing to take place when the total energy is less than the potential energy at the top of the barrier.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Barrier recrossing is seento occur in the calculated experiment values, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|thumb|The PES of a reaction where barrier crossing occurs.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs early in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an attractive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a relatively weak H-H bond is broken while a strong H-F bond is formed; bond making is an exothermic process, so the formation of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction exothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 125 pm and the H---H gap is 96 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an exothermic reaction is close in structure to the reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 2&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 125 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 96 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF is an endothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs late in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an repulsive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a strong H-F bond is broken while a weaker H-H bond is formed; bond breaking is an endothermic process, so the breakage of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction endothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of H + HF with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 129 pm and the H---H gap is 90 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an endothermic reaction is close in structure to the products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 2&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 129 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: reverse reaction ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.khanacademy.org/math/multivariable-calculus/applications-of-multivariable-derivatives/optimizing-multivariable-functions/a/maximums-minimums-and-saddle-points &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;&amp;gt; N. E. Henriksen and F. Y. Hansen Theories of Molecular Reaction Dynamics 2nd ed., OUP, 2019 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, de Paula, Keeler: Physical Chemistry, 11th Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Clayden, Greeves, Warren: Organic Chemistry, 2nd Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799196</id>
		<title>MRD:01531254</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799196"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T10:01:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: /* PES inspection: H + HF */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics Lab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objectives of this exercise are to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, where an atom and a diatomic molecule collide, through calculating Molecular Dynamics trajectories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. The transition point can be identified on a potential energy surface as being at a saddle point, where the reactive trajectory is at its highest point and the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero. Saddle points have a local maximum in one direction and a local minimum in the other. They can be mathematically defined using their gradient: the partial derivative of the gradient, dy/dx, equals zero, indicating that the gradient is zero at this point. Furthermore, saddle points are distinguished from local minima in that their second partial derivative, d&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;y/dx&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, is larger than zero. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_111_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state must have r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. In trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the trajectory oscillates on the ridge; this can be used to locate the transition state geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When testing different initial conditions with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, it can be seen that the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C10.png|center|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; is shown below ,and clear oscillation can be seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure1.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is set to 91, the vibration is very minimal. This is a good estimate for the transition state because when a trajectory starts at the transition state, with no initial momentum, it stays there forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure2.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path and trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Comment on how the mep and the trajectory differ. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (or mep) is a very special trajectory that corresponds to infinitely slow motion. This wan be tested with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and the calculation type as &#039;MEP&#039;. With r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 92 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 91, it can be seen that the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the mep trajectory highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, mep doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction because it doesn&#039;t account for the mass of the atoms. When the same reaction is repeated with the calculation type as &#039;Dynamics&#039; rather than &#039;MEP&#039;, the inertial motion of the atoms is indicated by the oscillation of the BC distance caused by the masses interacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure2.png|thumb|center|A PES with the reaction path highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C1.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure1.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.077 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; do not collide so no reaction occurs || [[File:MRD_114_figure2.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure3.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates but m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; remains intact so no reaction occurs. This is a case of barrier recrossing: the system crosses the transition state region, the bond in the product forms, but then the system reverts back to the reactants. || [[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide, and though r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates they ultimately react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|| [[File:MRD_114_figure5.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A powerful theory to rationalise and calculate the rate of chemical reactions based on the properties of the reactants and the transitions state structure is Transition State Theory. It predicts that the rate constant for a generic bimolecular reaction &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{A+B}\rightarrow\mathcal{P}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=R_{cl}\frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A crucial assumption of Transition State Theory in estimating &#039;&#039;R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cl&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is that all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. By further assuming that the kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate follows the Boltzmann distribution, one obtain the conventional Transition State Theory rate constant expression:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=\frac{k_B T}{h} \frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Transition State Theory motion is treated by classical mechanics, and it is assumed that this motion always leads to products without recrossings of the saddle point. This is incorrect as quantum mechanical tunneling allows barrier crossing to take place when the total energy is less than the potential energy at the top of the barrier.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Barrier recrossing is seento occur in the calculated experiment values, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|thumb|The PES of a reaction where barrier crossing occurs.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs early in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an attractive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a relatively weak H-H bond is broken while a strong H-F bond is formed; bond making is an exothermic process, so the formation of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction exothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 125 pm and the H---H gap is 96 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an exothermic reaction is close in structure to the reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 2&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 125 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 96 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF is an endothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs late in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an repulsive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a strong H-F bond is broken while a weaker H-H bond is formed; bond breaking is an endothermic process, so the breakage of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction endothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of H + HF with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 129 pm and the H---H gap is 90 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an endothermic reaction is close in structure to the products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 2&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 129 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: reverse reaction ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.khanacademy.org/math/multivariable-calculus/applications-of-multivariable-derivatives/optimizing-multivariable-functions/a/maximums-minimums-and-saddle-points &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;&amp;gt; N. E. Henriksen and F. Y. Hansen Theories of Molecular Reaction Dynamics 2nd ed., OUP, 2019 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, de Paula, Keeler: Physical Chemistry, 11th Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799195</id>
		<title>MRD:01531254</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799195"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T10:01:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: /* PES inspection: F + H2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics Lab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objectives of this exercise are to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, where an atom and a diatomic molecule collide, through calculating Molecular Dynamics trajectories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. The transition point can be identified on a potential energy surface as being at a saddle point, where the reactive trajectory is at its highest point and the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero. Saddle points have a local maximum in one direction and a local minimum in the other. They can be mathematically defined using their gradient: the partial derivative of the gradient, dy/dx, equals zero, indicating that the gradient is zero at this point. Furthermore, saddle points are distinguished from local minima in that their second partial derivative, d&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;y/dx&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, is larger than zero. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_111_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state must have r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. In trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the trajectory oscillates on the ridge; this can be used to locate the transition state geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When testing different initial conditions with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, it can be seen that the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C10.png|center|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; is shown below ,and clear oscillation can be seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure1.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is set to 91, the vibration is very minimal. This is a good estimate for the transition state because when a trajectory starts at the transition state, with no initial momentum, it stays there forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure2.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path and trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Comment on how the mep and the trajectory differ. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (or mep) is a very special trajectory that corresponds to infinitely slow motion. This wan be tested with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and the calculation type as &#039;MEP&#039;. With r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 92 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 91, it can be seen that the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the mep trajectory highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, mep doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction because it doesn&#039;t account for the mass of the atoms. When the same reaction is repeated with the calculation type as &#039;Dynamics&#039; rather than &#039;MEP&#039;, the inertial motion of the atoms is indicated by the oscillation of the BC distance caused by the masses interacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure2.png|thumb|center|A PES with the reaction path highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C1.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure1.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.077 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; do not collide so no reaction occurs || [[File:MRD_114_figure2.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure3.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates but m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; remains intact so no reaction occurs. This is a case of barrier recrossing: the system crosses the transition state region, the bond in the product forms, but then the system reverts back to the reactants. || [[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide, and though r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates they ultimately react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|| [[File:MRD_114_figure5.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A powerful theory to rationalise and calculate the rate of chemical reactions based on the properties of the reactants and the transitions state structure is Transition State Theory. It predicts that the rate constant for a generic bimolecular reaction &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{A+B}\rightarrow\mathcal{P}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=R_{cl}\frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A crucial assumption of Transition State Theory in estimating &#039;&#039;R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cl&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is that all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. By further assuming that the kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate follows the Boltzmann distribution, one obtain the conventional Transition State Theory rate constant expression:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=\frac{k_B T}{h} \frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Transition State Theory motion is treated by classical mechanics, and it is assumed that this motion always leads to products without recrossings of the saddle point. This is incorrect as quantum mechanical tunneling allows barrier crossing to take place when the total energy is less than the potential energy at the top of the barrier.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Barrier recrossing is seento occur in the calculated experiment values, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|thumb|The PES of a reaction where barrier crossing occurs.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs early in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an attractive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a relatively weak H-H bond is broken while a strong H-F bond is formed; bond making is an exothermic process, so the formation of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction exothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 125 pm and the H---H gap is 96 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an exothermic reaction is close in structure to the reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 2&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 125 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 96 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF is an endothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs late in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an repulsive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a strong H-F bond is broken while a weaker H-H bond is formed; bond breaking is an endothermic process, so the breakage of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction endothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of H + HF with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 129 pm and the H---H gap is 90 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an endothermic reaction is close in structure to the reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 2&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 129 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: reverse reaction ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.khanacademy.org/math/multivariable-calculus/applications-of-multivariable-derivatives/optimizing-multivariable-functions/a/maximums-minimums-and-saddle-points &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;&amp;gt; N. E. Henriksen and F. Y. Hansen Theories of Molecular Reaction Dynamics 2nd ed., OUP, 2019 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, de Paula, Keeler: Physical Chemistry, 11th Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799192</id>
		<title>MRD:01531254</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799192"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T10:00:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: /* PES inspection: H + HF */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics Lab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objectives of this exercise are to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, where an atom and a diatomic molecule collide, through calculating Molecular Dynamics trajectories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. The transition point can be identified on a potential energy surface as being at a saddle point, where the reactive trajectory is at its highest point and the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero. Saddle points have a local maximum in one direction and a local minimum in the other. They can be mathematically defined using their gradient: the partial derivative of the gradient, dy/dx, equals zero, indicating that the gradient is zero at this point. Furthermore, saddle points are distinguished from local minima in that their second partial derivative, d&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;y/dx&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, is larger than zero. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_111_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state must have r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. In trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the trajectory oscillates on the ridge; this can be used to locate the transition state geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When testing different initial conditions with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, it can be seen that the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C10.png|center|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; is shown below ,and clear oscillation can be seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure1.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is set to 91, the vibration is very minimal. This is a good estimate for the transition state because when a trajectory starts at the transition state, with no initial momentum, it stays there forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure2.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path and trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Comment on how the mep and the trajectory differ. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (or mep) is a very special trajectory that corresponds to infinitely slow motion. This wan be tested with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and the calculation type as &#039;MEP&#039;. With r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 92 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 91, it can be seen that the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the mep trajectory highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, mep doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction because it doesn&#039;t account for the mass of the atoms. When the same reaction is repeated with the calculation type as &#039;Dynamics&#039; rather than &#039;MEP&#039;, the inertial motion of the atoms is indicated by the oscillation of the BC distance caused by the masses interacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure2.png|thumb|center|A PES with the reaction path highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C1.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure1.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.077 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; do not collide so no reaction occurs || [[File:MRD_114_figure2.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure3.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates but m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; remains intact so no reaction occurs. This is a case of barrier recrossing: the system crosses the transition state region, the bond in the product forms, but then the system reverts back to the reactants. || [[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide, and though r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates they ultimately react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|| [[File:MRD_114_figure5.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A powerful theory to rationalise and calculate the rate of chemical reactions based on the properties of the reactants and the transitions state structure is Transition State Theory. It predicts that the rate constant for a generic bimolecular reaction &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{A+B}\rightarrow\mathcal{P}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=R_{cl}\frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A crucial assumption of Transition State Theory in estimating &#039;&#039;R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cl&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is that all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. By further assuming that the kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate follows the Boltzmann distribution, one obtain the conventional Transition State Theory rate constant expression:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=\frac{k_B T}{h} \frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Transition State Theory motion is treated by classical mechanics, and it is assumed that this motion always leads to products without recrossings of the saddle point. This is incorrect as quantum mechanical tunneling allows barrier crossing to take place when the total energy is less than the potential energy at the top of the barrier.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Barrier recrossing is seento occur in the calculated experiment values, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|thumb|The PES of a reaction where barrier crossing occurs.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs early in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an attractive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a relatively weak H-H bond is broken while a strong H-F bond is formed; bond making is an exothermic process, so the formation of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction exothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 125 pm and the H---H gap is 96 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 125 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 96 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF is an endothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs late in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an repulsive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a strong H-F bond is broken while a weaker H-H bond is formed; bond breaking is an endothermic process, so the breakage of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction endothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of H + HF with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 129 pm and the H---H gap is 90 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot. This structure is consistent with Hammond&#039;s postulate, where the transition state in an endothermic reaction is close in structure to the reactants.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121 2&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 129 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: reverse reaction ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.khanacademy.org/math/multivariable-calculus/applications-of-multivariable-derivatives/optimizing-multivariable-functions/a/maximums-minimums-and-saddle-points &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;&amp;gt; N. E. Henriksen and F. Y. Hansen Theories of Molecular Reaction Dynamics 2nd ed., OUP, 2019 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, de Paula, Keeler: Physical Chemistry, 11th Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:MRD_122_figure1.png&amp;diff=799156</id>
		<title>File:MRD 122 figure1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:MRD_122_figure1.png&amp;diff=799156"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T09:40:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: Aa6718 uploaded a new version of File:MRD 122 figure1.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:MRD_121_figure1.png&amp;diff=799155</id>
		<title>File:MRD 121 figure1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:MRD_121_figure1.png&amp;diff=799155"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T09:39:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: Aa6718 uploaded a new version of File:MRD 121 figure1.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799154</id>
		<title>MRD:01531254</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799154"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T09:38:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: /* Exercise 2: F - H - H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics Lab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objectives of this exercise are to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, where an atom and a diatomic molecule collide, through calculating Molecular Dynamics trajectories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. The transition point can be identified on a potential energy surface as being at a saddle point, where the reactive trajectory is at its highest point and the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero. Saddle points have a local maximum in one direction and a local minimum in the other. They can be mathematically defined using their gradient: the partial derivative of the gradient, dy/dx, equals zero, indicating that the gradient is zero at this point. Furthermore, saddle points are distinguished from local minima in that their second partial derivative, d&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;y/dx&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, is larger than zero. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_111_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state must have r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. In trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the trajectory oscillates on the ridge; this can be used to locate the transition state geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When testing different initial conditions with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, it can be seen that the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C10.png|center|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; is shown below ,and clear oscillation can be seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure1.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is set to 91, the vibration is very minimal. This is a good estimate for the transition state because when a trajectory starts at the transition state, with no initial momentum, it stays there forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure2.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path and trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Comment on how the mep and the trajectory differ. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (or mep) is a very special trajectory that corresponds to infinitely slow motion. This wan be tested with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and the calculation type as &#039;MEP&#039;. With r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 92 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 91, it can be seen that the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the mep trajectory highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, mep doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction because it doesn&#039;t account for the mass of the atoms. When the same reaction is repeated with the calculation type as &#039;Dynamics&#039; rather than &#039;MEP&#039;, the inertial motion of the atoms is indicated by the oscillation of the BC distance caused by the masses interacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure2.png|thumb|center|A PES with the reaction path highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C1.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure1.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.077 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; do not collide so no reaction occurs || [[File:MRD_114_figure2.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure3.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates but m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; remains intact so no reaction occurs. This is a case of barrier recrossing: the system crosses the transition state region, the bond in the product forms, but then the system reverts back to the reactants. || [[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide, and though r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates they ultimately react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|| [[File:MRD_114_figure5.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A powerful theory to rationalise and calculate the rate of chemical reactions based on the properties of the reactants and the transitions state structure is Transition State Theory. It predicts that the rate constant for a generic bimolecular reaction &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{A+B}\rightarrow\mathcal{P}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=R_{cl}\frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A crucial assumption of Transition State Theory in estimating &#039;&#039;R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cl&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is that all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. By further assuming that the kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate follows the Boltzmann distribution, one obtain the conventional Transition State Theory rate constant expression:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=\frac{k_B T}{h} \frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Transition State Theory motion is treated by classical mechanics, and it is assumed that this motion always leads to products without recrossings of the saddle point. This is incorrect as quantum mechanical tunneling allows barrier crossing to take place when the total energy is less than the potential energy at the top of the barrier.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Barrier recrossing is seento occur in the calculated experiment values, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|thumb|The PES of a reaction where barrier crossing occurs.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs early in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an attractive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a relatively weak H-H bond is broken while a strong H-F bond is formed; bond making is an exothermic process, so the formation of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction exothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 125 pm and the H---H gap is 96 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 125 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 96 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF is an endothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs late in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an repulsive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a strong H-F bond is broken while a weaker H-H bond is formed; bond breaking is an endothermic process, so the breakage of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction endothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of H + HF with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 129 pm and the H---H gap is 90 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 129 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: reverse reaction ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.khanacademy.org/math/multivariable-calculus/applications-of-multivariable-derivatives/optimizing-multivariable-functions/a/maximums-minimums-and-saddle-points &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;&amp;gt; N. E. Henriksen and F. Y. Hansen Theories of Molecular Reaction Dynamics 2nd ed., OUP, 2019 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, de Paula, Keeler: Physical Chemistry, 11th Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:MRD_122_figure2.png&amp;diff=799152</id>
		<title>File:MRD 122 figure2.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:MRD_122_figure2.png&amp;diff=799152"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T09:37:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:MRD_122_figure1.png&amp;diff=799151</id>
		<title>File:MRD 122 figure1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:MRD_122_figure1.png&amp;diff=799151"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T09:36:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799136</id>
		<title>MRD:01531254</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799136"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T09:30:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: /* Exercise 2: F - H - H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics Lab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objectives of this exercise are to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, where an atom and a diatomic molecule collide, through calculating Molecular Dynamics trajectories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. The transition point can be identified on a potential energy surface as being at a saddle point, where the reactive trajectory is at its highest point and the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero. Saddle points have a local maximum in one direction and a local minimum in the other. They can be mathematically defined using their gradient: the partial derivative of the gradient, dy/dx, equals zero, indicating that the gradient is zero at this point. Furthermore, saddle points are distinguished from local minima in that their second partial derivative, d&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;y/dx&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, is larger than zero. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_111_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state must have r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. In trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the trajectory oscillates on the ridge; this can be used to locate the transition state geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When testing different initial conditions with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, it can be seen that the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C10.png|center|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; is shown below ,and clear oscillation can be seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure1.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is set to 91, the vibration is very minimal. This is a good estimate for the transition state because when a trajectory starts at the transition state, with no initial momentum, it stays there forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure2.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path and trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Comment on how the mep and the trajectory differ. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (or mep) is a very special trajectory that corresponds to infinitely slow motion. This wan be tested with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and the calculation type as &#039;MEP&#039;. With r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 92 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 91, it can be seen that the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the mep trajectory highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, mep doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction because it doesn&#039;t account for the mass of the atoms. When the same reaction is repeated with the calculation type as &#039;Dynamics&#039; rather than &#039;MEP&#039;, the inertial motion of the atoms is indicated by the oscillation of the BC distance caused by the masses interacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure2.png|thumb|center|A PES with the reaction path highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C1.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure1.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.077 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; do not collide so no reaction occurs || [[File:MRD_114_figure2.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure3.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates but m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; remains intact so no reaction occurs. This is a case of barrier recrossing: the system crosses the transition state region, the bond in the product forms, but then the system reverts back to the reactants. || [[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide, and though r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates they ultimately react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|| [[File:MRD_114_figure5.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A powerful theory to rationalise and calculate the rate of chemical reactions based on the properties of the reactants and the transitions state structure is Transition State Theory. It predicts that the rate constant for a generic bimolecular reaction &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{A+B}\rightarrow\mathcal{P}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=R_{cl}\frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A crucial assumption of Transition State Theory in estimating &#039;&#039;R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cl&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is that all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. By further assuming that the kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate follows the Boltzmann distribution, one obtain the conventional Transition State Theory rate constant expression:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=\frac{k_B T}{h} \frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Transition State Theory motion is treated by classical mechanics, and it is assumed that this motion always leads to products without recrossings of the saddle point. This is incorrect as quantum mechanical tunneling allows barrier crossing to take place when the total energy is less than the potential energy at the top of the barrier.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Barrier recrossing is seento occur in the calculated experiment values, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|thumb|The PES of a reaction where barrier crossing occurs.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs early in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an attractive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a relatively weak H-H bond is broken while a strong H-F bond is formed; bond making is an exothermic process, so the formation of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction exothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 125 pm and the H---H gap is 96 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 125 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 96 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure3.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF is an endothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs late in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an repulsive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a strong H-F bond is broken while a weaker H-H bond is formed; bond breaking is an endothermic process, so the breakage of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction endothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of H + HF.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is ... pm and the H---H gap is ... pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = ... pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = ... pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: reverse reaction ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.khanacademy.org/math/multivariable-calculus/applications-of-multivariable-derivatives/optimizing-multivariable-functions/a/maximums-minimums-and-saddle-points &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;&amp;gt; N. E. Henriksen and F. Y. Hansen Theories of Molecular Reaction Dynamics 2nd ed., OUP, 2019 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, de Paula, Keeler: Physical Chemistry, 11th Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:MRD_122_figure3.png&amp;diff=799134</id>
		<title>File:MRD 122 figure3.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:MRD_122_figure3.png&amp;diff=799134"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T09:29:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:MRD_121_figure3.png&amp;diff=799133</id>
		<title>File:MRD 121 figure3.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:MRD_121_figure3.png&amp;diff=799133"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T09:29:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799132</id>
		<title>MRD:01531254</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799132"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T09:29:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: /* Exercise 2: F - H - H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics Lab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objectives of this exercise are to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, where an atom and a diatomic molecule collide, through calculating Molecular Dynamics trajectories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. The transition point can be identified on a potential energy surface as being at a saddle point, where the reactive trajectory is at its highest point and the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero. Saddle points have a local maximum in one direction and a local minimum in the other. They can be mathematically defined using their gradient: the partial derivative of the gradient, dy/dx, equals zero, indicating that the gradient is zero at this point. Furthermore, saddle points are distinguished from local minima in that their second partial derivative, d&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;y/dx&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, is larger than zero. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_111_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state must have r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. In trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the trajectory oscillates on the ridge; this can be used to locate the transition state geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When testing different initial conditions with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, it can be seen that the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C10.png|center|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; is shown below ,and clear oscillation can be seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure1.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is set to 91, the vibration is very minimal. This is a good estimate for the transition state because when a trajectory starts at the transition state, with no initial momentum, it stays there forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure2.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path and trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Comment on how the mep and the trajectory differ. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (or mep) is a very special trajectory that corresponds to infinitely slow motion. This wan be tested with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and the calculation type as &#039;MEP&#039;. With r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 92 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 91, it can be seen that the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the mep trajectory highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, mep doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction because it doesn&#039;t account for the mass of the atoms. When the same reaction is repeated with the calculation type as &#039;Dynamics&#039; rather than &#039;MEP&#039;, the inertial motion of the atoms is indicated by the oscillation of the BC distance caused by the masses interacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure2.png|thumb|center|A PES with the reaction path highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C1.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure1.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.077 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; do not collide so no reaction occurs || [[File:MRD_114_figure2.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure3.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates but m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; remains intact so no reaction occurs. This is a case of barrier recrossing: the system crosses the transition state region, the bond in the product forms, but then the system reverts back to the reactants. || [[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide, and though r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates they ultimately react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|| [[File:MRD_114_figure5.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A powerful theory to rationalise and calculate the rate of chemical reactions based on the properties of the reactants and the transitions state structure is Transition State Theory. It predicts that the rate constant for a generic bimolecular reaction &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{A+B}\rightarrow\mathcal{P}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=R_{cl}\frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A crucial assumption of Transition State Theory in estimating &#039;&#039;R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cl&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is that all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. By further assuming that the kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate follows the Boltzmann distribution, one obtain the conventional Transition State Theory rate constant expression:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=\frac{k_B T}{h} \frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Transition State Theory motion is treated by classical mechanics, and it is assumed that this motion always leads to products without recrossings of the saddle point. This is incorrect as quantum mechanical tunneling allows barrier crossing to take place when the total energy is less than the potential energy at the top of the barrier.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Barrier recrossing is seento occur in the calculated experiment values, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|thumb|The PES of a reaction where barrier crossing occurs.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure3.png|center|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs early in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an attractive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a relatively weak H-H bond is broken while a strong H-F bond is formed; bond making is an exothermic process, so the formation of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction exothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 125 pm and the H---H gap is 96 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 125 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 96 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure3.png|center|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF is an endothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs late in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an repulsive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a strong H-F bond is broken while a weaker H-H bond is formed; bond breaking is an endothermic process, so the breakage of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction endothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of H + HF.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is ... pm and the H---H gap is ... pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = ... pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = ... pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: reverse reaction ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.khanacademy.org/math/multivariable-calculus/applications-of-multivariable-derivatives/optimizing-multivariable-functions/a/maximums-minimums-and-saddle-points &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;&amp;gt; N. E. Henriksen and F. Y. Hansen Theories of Molecular Reaction Dynamics 2nd ed., OUP, 2019 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, de Paula, Keeler: Physical Chemistry, 11th Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799128</id>
		<title>MRD:01531254</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799128"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T09:19:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: /* Exercise 2: F - H - H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics Lab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objectives of this exercise are to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, where an atom and a diatomic molecule collide, through calculating Molecular Dynamics trajectories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. The transition point can be identified on a potential energy surface as being at a saddle point, where the reactive trajectory is at its highest point and the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero. Saddle points have a local maximum in one direction and a local minimum in the other. They can be mathematically defined using their gradient: the partial derivative of the gradient, dy/dx, equals zero, indicating that the gradient is zero at this point. Furthermore, saddle points are distinguished from local minima in that their second partial derivative, d&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;y/dx&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, is larger than zero. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_111_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state must have r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. In trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the trajectory oscillates on the ridge; this can be used to locate the transition state geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When testing different initial conditions with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, it can be seen that the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C10.png|center|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; is shown below ,and clear oscillation can be seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure1.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is set to 91, the vibration is very minimal. This is a good estimate for the transition state because when a trajectory starts at the transition state, with no initial momentum, it stays there forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure2.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path and trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Comment on how the mep and the trajectory differ. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (or mep) is a very special trajectory that corresponds to infinitely slow motion. This wan be tested with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and the calculation type as &#039;MEP&#039;. With r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 92 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 91, it can be seen that the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the mep trajectory highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, mep doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction because it doesn&#039;t account for the mass of the atoms. When the same reaction is repeated with the calculation type as &#039;Dynamics&#039; rather than &#039;MEP&#039;, the inertial motion of the atoms is indicated by the oscillation of the BC distance caused by the masses interacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure2.png|thumb|center|A PES with the reaction path highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C1.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure1.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.077 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; do not collide so no reaction occurs || [[File:MRD_114_figure2.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure3.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates but m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; remains intact so no reaction occurs. This is a case of barrier recrossing: the system crosses the transition state region, the bond in the product forms, but then the system reverts back to the reactants. || [[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide, and though r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates they ultimately react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|| [[File:MRD_114_figure5.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A powerful theory to rationalise and calculate the rate of chemical reactions based on the properties of the reactants and the transitions state structure is Transition State Theory. It predicts that the rate constant for a generic bimolecular reaction &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{A+B}\rightarrow\mathcal{P}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=R_{cl}\frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A crucial assumption of Transition State Theory in estimating &#039;&#039;R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cl&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is that all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. By further assuming that the kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate follows the Boltzmann distribution, one obtain the conventional Transition State Theory rate constant expression:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=\frac{k_B T}{h} \frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Transition State Theory motion is treated by classical mechanics, and it is assumed that this motion always leads to products without recrossings of the saddle point. This is incorrect as quantum mechanical tunneling allows barrier crossing to take place when the total energy is less than the potential energy at the top of the barrier.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Barrier recrossing is seento occur in the calculated experiment values, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|thumb|The PES of a reaction where barrier crossing occurs.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs early in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an attractive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a relatively weak H-H bond is broken while a strong H-F bond is formed; bond making is an exothermic process, so the formation of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction exothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 125 pm and the H---H gap is 96 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 125 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 96 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF is an endothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs late in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an repulsive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a strong H-F bond is broken while a weaker H-H bond is formed; bond breaking is an endothermic process, so the breakage of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction endothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of H + HF.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is ... pm and the H---H gap is ... pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = ... pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = ... pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: reverse reaction ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.khanacademy.org/math/multivariable-calculus/applications-of-multivariable-derivatives/optimizing-multivariable-functions/a/maximums-minimums-and-saddle-points &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;&amp;gt; N. E. Henriksen and F. Y. Hansen Theories of Molecular Reaction Dynamics 2nd ed., OUP, 2019 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, de Paula, Keeler: Physical Chemistry, 11th Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:MRD_121_figure2.png&amp;diff=799125</id>
		<title>File:MRD 121 figure2.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:MRD_121_figure2.png&amp;diff=799125"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T09:14:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799122</id>
		<title>MRD:01531254</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799122"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T09:14:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics Lab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objectives of this exercise are to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, where an atom and a diatomic molecule collide, through calculating Molecular Dynamics trajectories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. The transition point can be identified on a potential energy surface as being at a saddle point, where the reactive trajectory is at its highest point and the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero. Saddle points have a local maximum in one direction and a local minimum in the other. They can be mathematically defined using their gradient: the partial derivative of the gradient, dy/dx, equals zero, indicating that the gradient is zero at this point. Furthermore, saddle points are distinguished from local minima in that their second partial derivative, d&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;y/dx&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, is larger than zero. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_111_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state must have r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. In trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the trajectory oscillates on the ridge; this can be used to locate the transition state geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When testing different initial conditions with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, it can be seen that the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C10.png|center|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; is shown below ,and clear oscillation can be seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure1.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is set to 91, the vibration is very minimal. This is a good estimate for the transition state because when a trajectory starts at the transition state, with no initial momentum, it stays there forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure2.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path and trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Comment on how the mep and the trajectory differ. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (or mep) is a very special trajectory that corresponds to infinitely slow motion. This wan be tested with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and the calculation type as &#039;MEP&#039;. With r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 92 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 91, it can be seen that the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the mep trajectory highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, mep doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction because it doesn&#039;t account for the mass of the atoms. When the same reaction is repeated with the calculation type as &#039;Dynamics&#039; rather than &#039;MEP&#039;, the inertial motion of the atoms is indicated by the oscillation of the BC distance caused by the masses interacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure2.png|thumb|center|A PES with the reaction path highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C1.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure1.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.077 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; do not collide so no reaction occurs || [[File:MRD_114_figure2.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure3.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates but m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; remains intact so no reaction occurs. This is a case of barrier recrossing: the system crosses the transition state region, the bond in the product forms, but then the system reverts back to the reactants. || [[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide, and though r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates they ultimately react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|| [[File:MRD_114_figure5.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A powerful theory to rationalise and calculate the rate of chemical reactions based on the properties of the reactants and the transitions state structure is Transition State Theory. It predicts that the rate constant for a generic bimolecular reaction &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{A+B}\rightarrow\mathcal{P}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=R_{cl}\frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A crucial assumption of Transition State Theory in estimating &#039;&#039;R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cl&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is that all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. By further assuming that the kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate follows the Boltzmann distribution, one obtain the conventional Transition State Theory rate constant expression:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=\frac{k_B T}{h} \frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Transition State Theory motion is treated by classical mechanics, and it is assumed that this motion always leads to products without recrossings of the saddle point. This is incorrect as quantum mechanical tunneling allows barrier crossing to take place when the total energy is less than the potential energy at the top of the barrier.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Barrier recrossing is seento occur in the calculated experiment values, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|thumb|The PES of a reaction where barrier crossing occurs.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs early in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an attractive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a relatively weak H-H bond is broken while a strong H-F bond is formed; bond making is an exothermic process, so the formation of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction exothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 125 pm and the H---H gap is 96 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot where this position is set at this position with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;; the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration but does not move from the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure2.png|center|thumb|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 125 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 96 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of H + HF.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: reverse reaction ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.khanacademy.org/math/multivariable-calculus/applications-of-multivariable-derivatives/optimizing-multivariable-functions/a/maximums-minimums-and-saddle-points &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;&amp;gt; N. E. Henriksen and F. Y. Hansen Theories of Molecular Reaction Dynamics 2nd ed., OUP, 2019 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, de Paula, Keeler: Physical Chemistry, 11th Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799117</id>
		<title>MRD:01531254</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799117"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T09:10:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: /* PES inspection: F + H2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics Lab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objectives of this exercise are to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, where an atom and a diatomic molecule collide, through calculating Molecular Dynamics trajectories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. The transition point can be identified on a potential energy surface as being at a saddle point, where the reactive trajectory is at its highest point and the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero. Saddle points have a local maximum in one direction and a local minimum in the other. They can be mathematically defined using their gradient: the partial derivative of the gradient, dy/dx, equals zero, indicating that the gradient is zero at this point. Furthermore, saddle points are distinguished from local minima in that their second partial derivative, d&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;y/dx&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, is larger than zero. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_111_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state must have r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. In trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the trajectory oscillates on the ridge; this can be used to locate the transition state geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When testing different initial conditions with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, it can be seen that the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C10.png|center|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; is shown below ,and clear oscillation can be seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure1.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is set to 91, the vibration is very minimal. This is a good estimate for the transition state because when a trajectory starts at the transition state, with no initial momentum, it stays there forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure2.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path and trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Comment on how the mep and the trajectory differ. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (or mep) is a very special trajectory that corresponds to infinitely slow motion. This wan be tested with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and the calculation type as &#039;MEP&#039;. With r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 92 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 91, it can be seen that the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the mep trajectory highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, mep doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction because it doesn&#039;t account for the mass of the atoms. When the same reaction is repeated with the calculation type as &#039;Dynamics&#039; rather than &#039;MEP&#039;, the inertial motion of the atoms is indicated by the oscillation of the BC distance caused by the masses interacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure2.png|thumb|center|A PES with the reaction path highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C1.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure1.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.077 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; do not collide so no reaction occurs || [[File:MRD_114_figure2.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure3.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates but m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; remains intact so no reaction occurs. This is a case of barrier recrossing: the system crosses the transition state region, the bond in the product forms, but then the system reverts back to the reactants. || [[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide, and though r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates they ultimately react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|| [[File:MRD_114_figure5.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A powerful theory to rationalise and calculate the rate of chemical reactions based on the properties of the reactants and the transitions state structure is Transition State Theory. It predicts that the rate constant for a generic bimolecular reaction &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{A+B}\rightarrow\mathcal{P}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=R_{cl}\frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A crucial assumption of Transition State Theory in estimating &#039;&#039;R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cl&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is that all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. By further assuming that the kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate follows the Boltzmann distribution, one obtain the conventional Transition State Theory rate constant expression:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=\frac{k_B T}{h} \frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Transition State Theory motion is treated by classical mechanics, and it is assumed that this motion always leads to products without recrossings of the saddle point. This is incorrect as quantum mechanical tunneling allows barrier crossing to take place when the total energy is less than the potential energy at the top of the barrier.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Barrier recrossing is seento occur in the calculated experiment values, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|thumb|The PES of a reaction where barrier crossing occurs.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs early in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an attractive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a relatively weak H-H bond is broken while a strong H-F bond is formed; bond making is an exothermic process, so the formation of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction exothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state is where the F---H gap is 125 pm and the H---H gap is 96 pm. This is reflected in the Internuclear Distance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of H + HF.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: reverse reaction ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.khanacademy.org/math/multivariable-calculus/applications-of-multivariable-derivatives/optimizing-multivariable-functions/a/maximums-minimums-and-saddle-points &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;&amp;gt; N. E. Henriksen and F. Y. Hansen Theories of Molecular Reaction Dynamics 2nd ed., OUP, 2019 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, de Paula, Keeler: Physical Chemistry, 11th Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:MRD_121_figure1.png&amp;diff=799097</id>
		<title>File:MRD 121 figure1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:MRD_121_figure1.png&amp;diff=799097"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T08:53:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799096</id>
		<title>MRD:01531254</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799096"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T08:53:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics Lab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objectives of this exercise are to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, where an atom and a diatomic molecule collide, through calculating Molecular Dynamics trajectories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. The transition point can be identified on a potential energy surface as being at a saddle point, where the reactive trajectory is at its highest point and the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero. Saddle points have a local maximum in one direction and a local minimum in the other. They can be mathematically defined using their gradient: the partial derivative of the gradient, dy/dx, equals zero, indicating that the gradient is zero at this point. Furthermore, saddle points are distinguished from local minima in that their second partial derivative, d&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;y/dx&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, is larger than zero. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_111_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state must have r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. In trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the trajectory oscillates on the ridge; this can be used to locate the transition state geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When testing different initial conditions with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, it can be seen that the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C10.png|center|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; is shown below ,and clear oscillation can be seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure1.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is set to 91, the vibration is very minimal. This is a good estimate for the transition state because when a trajectory starts at the transition state, with no initial momentum, it stays there forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure2.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path and trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Comment on how the mep and the trajectory differ. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (or mep) is a very special trajectory that corresponds to infinitely slow motion. This wan be tested with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and the calculation type as &#039;MEP&#039;. With r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 92 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 91, it can be seen that the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the mep trajectory highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, mep doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction because it doesn&#039;t account for the mass of the atoms. When the same reaction is repeated with the calculation type as &#039;Dynamics&#039; rather than &#039;MEP&#039;, the inertial motion of the atoms is indicated by the oscillation of the BC distance caused by the masses interacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure2.png|thumb|center|A PES with the reaction path highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C1.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure1.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.077 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; do not collide so no reaction occurs || [[File:MRD_114_figure2.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure3.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates but m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; remains intact so no reaction occurs. This is a case of barrier recrossing: the system crosses the transition state region, the bond in the product forms, but then the system reverts back to the reactants. || [[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide, and though r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates they ultimately react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|| [[File:MRD_114_figure5.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A powerful theory to rationalise and calculate the rate of chemical reactions based on the properties of the reactants and the transitions state structure is Transition State Theory. It predicts that the rate constant for a generic bimolecular reaction &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{A+B}\rightarrow\mathcal{P}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=R_{cl}\frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A crucial assumption of Transition State Theory in estimating &#039;&#039;R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cl&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is that all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. By further assuming that the kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate follows the Boltzmann distribution, one obtain the conventional Transition State Theory rate constant expression:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=\frac{k_B T}{h} \frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Transition State Theory motion is treated by classical mechanics, and it is assumed that this motion always leads to products without recrossings of the saddle point. This is incorrect as quantum mechanical tunneling allows barrier crossing to take place when the total energy is less than the potential energy at the top of the barrier.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Barrier recrossing is seento occur in the calculated experiment values, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|thumb|The PES of a reaction where barrier crossing occurs.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs early in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an attractive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a relatively weak H-H bond is broken while a strong H-F bond is formed; bond making is an exothermic process, so the formation of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction exothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_121_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_122_figure1.png|center|thumb|The contour plot of H + HF.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: reverse reaction ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.khanacademy.org/math/multivariable-calculus/applications-of-multivariable-derivatives/optimizing-multivariable-functions/a/maximums-minimums-and-saddle-points &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;&amp;gt; N. E. Henriksen and F. Y. Hansen Theories of Molecular Reaction Dynamics 2nd ed., OUP, 2019 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, de Paula, Keeler: Physical Chemistry, 11th Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799093</id>
		<title>MRD:01531254</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799093"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T08:51:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: /* PES inspection: F + H2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics Lab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objectives of this exercise are to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, where an atom and a diatomic molecule collide, through calculating Molecular Dynamics trajectories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. The transition point can be identified on a potential energy surface as being at a saddle point, where the reactive trajectory is at its highest point and the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero. Saddle points have a local maximum in one direction and a local minimum in the other. They can be mathematically defined using their gradient: the partial derivative of the gradient, dy/dx, equals zero, indicating that the gradient is zero at this point. Furthermore, saddle points are distinguished from local minima in that their second partial derivative, d&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;y/dx&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, is larger than zero. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_111_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state must have r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. In trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the trajectory oscillates on the ridge; this can be used to locate the transition state geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When testing different initial conditions with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, it can be seen that the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C10.png|center|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; is shown below ,and clear oscillation can be seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure1.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is set to 91, the vibration is very minimal. This is a good estimate for the transition state because when a trajectory starts at the transition state, with no initial momentum, it stays there forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure2.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path and trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Comment on how the mep and the trajectory differ. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (or mep) is a very special trajectory that corresponds to infinitely slow motion. This wan be tested with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and the calculation type as &#039;MEP&#039;. With r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 92 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 91, it can be seen that the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the mep trajectory highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, mep doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction because it doesn&#039;t account for the mass of the atoms. When the same reaction is repeated with the calculation type as &#039;Dynamics&#039; rather than &#039;MEP&#039;, the inertial motion of the atoms is indicated by the oscillation of the BC distance caused by the masses interacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure2.png|thumb|center|A PES with the reaction path highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C1.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure1.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.077 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; do not collide so no reaction occurs || [[File:MRD_114_figure2.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure3.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates but m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; remains intact so no reaction occurs. This is a case of barrier recrossing: the system crosses the transition state region, the bond in the product forms, but then the system reverts back to the reactants. || [[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide, and though r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates they ultimately react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|| [[File:MRD_114_figure5.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A powerful theory to rationalise and calculate the rate of chemical reactions based on the properties of the reactants and the transitions state structure is Transition State Theory. It predicts that the rate constant for a generic bimolecular reaction &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{A+B}\rightarrow\mathcal{P}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=R_{cl}\frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A crucial assumption of Transition State Theory in estimating &#039;&#039;R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cl&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is that all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. By further assuming that the kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate follows the Boltzmann distribution, one obtain the conventional Transition State Theory rate constant expression:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=\frac{k_B T}{h} \frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Transition State Theory motion is treated by classical mechanics, and it is assumed that this motion always leads to products without recrossings of the saddle point. This is incorrect as quantum mechanical tunneling allows barrier crossing to take place when the total energy is less than the potential energy at the top of the barrier.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Barrier recrossing is seento occur in the calculated experiment values, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|thumb|The PES of a reaction where barrier crossing occurs.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction as characterised by the fact that the transition state occurs early in the reaction coordinate on its potential energy surface, i.e. it is an attractive surface.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This relates to the bond strengths involved as a relatively weak H-H bond is broken while a strong H-F bond is formed; bond making is an exothermic process, so the formation of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction exothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: reverse reaction ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.khanacademy.org/math/multivariable-calculus/applications-of-multivariable-derivatives/optimizing-multivariable-functions/a/maximums-minimums-and-saddle-points &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;&amp;gt; N. E. Henriksen and F. Y. Hansen Theories of Molecular Reaction Dynamics 2nd ed., OUP, 2019 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, de Paula, Keeler: Physical Chemistry, 11th Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799080</id>
		<title>MRD:01531254</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799080"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T08:41:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics Lab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objectives of this exercise are to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, where an atom and a diatomic molecule collide, through calculating Molecular Dynamics trajectories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. The transition point can be identified on a potential energy surface as being at a saddle point, where the reactive trajectory is at its highest point and the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero. Saddle points have a local maximum in one direction and a local minimum in the other. They can be mathematically defined using their gradient: the partial derivative of the gradient, dy/dx, equals zero, indicating that the gradient is zero at this point. Furthermore, saddle points are distinguished from local minima in that their second partial derivative, d&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;y/dx&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, is larger than zero. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_111_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state must have r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. In trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the trajectory oscillates on the ridge; this can be used to locate the transition state geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When testing different initial conditions with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, it can be seen that the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C10.png|center|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; is shown below ,and clear oscillation can be seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure1.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is set to 91, the vibration is very minimal. This is a good estimate for the transition state because when a trajectory starts at the transition state, with no initial momentum, it stays there forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure2.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path and trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Comment on how the mep and the trajectory differ. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (or mep) is a very special trajectory that corresponds to infinitely slow motion. This wan be tested with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and the calculation type as &#039;MEP&#039;. With r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 92 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 91, it can be seen that the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the mep trajectory highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, mep doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction because it doesn&#039;t account for the mass of the atoms. When the same reaction is repeated with the calculation type as &#039;Dynamics&#039; rather than &#039;MEP&#039;, the inertial motion of the atoms is indicated by the oscillation of the BC distance caused by the masses interacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure2.png|thumb|center|A PES with the reaction path highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C1.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure1.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.077 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; do not collide so no reaction occurs || [[File:MRD_114_figure2.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure3.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates but m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; remains intact so no reaction occurs. This is a case of barrier recrossing: the system crosses the transition state region, the bond in the product forms, but then the system reverts back to the reactants. || [[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide, and though r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates they ultimately react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|| [[File:MRD_114_figure5.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A powerful theory to rationalise and calculate the rate of chemical reactions based on the properties of the reactants and the transitions state structure is Transition State Theory. It predicts that the rate constant for a generic bimolecular reaction &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{A+B}\rightarrow\mathcal{P}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=R_{cl}\frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A crucial assumption of Transition State Theory in estimating &#039;&#039;R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cl&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is that all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. By further assuming that the kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate follows the Boltzmann distribution, one obtain the conventional Transition State Theory rate constant expression:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=\frac{k_B T}{h} \frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Transition State Theory motion is treated by classical mechanics, and it is assumed that this motion always leads to products without recrossings of the saddle point. This is incorrect as quantum mechanical tunneling allows barrier crossing to take place when the total energy is less than the potential energy at the top of the barrier.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Barrier recrossing is seento occur in the calculated experiment values, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|thumb|The PES of a reaction where barrier crossing occurs.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction as characterised by ... in its potential energy surface. This relates to the bond strengths involved as a relatively weak H-H bond is broken while a strong H-F bond is formed; bond making is an exothermic process, so the formation of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction exothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: reverse reaction ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.khanacademy.org/math/multivariable-calculus/applications-of-multivariable-derivatives/optimizing-multivariable-functions/a/maximums-minimums-and-saddle-points &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;&amp;gt; N. E. Henriksen and F. Y. Hansen Theories of Molecular Reaction Dynamics 2nd ed., OUP, 2019 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, de Paula, Keeler: Physical Chemistry, 11th Edition &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799079</id>
		<title>MRD:01531254</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01531254&amp;diff=799079"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T08:40:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Aa6718: /* Exercise 2: F - H - H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics Lab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objectives of this exercise are to study the reactivity of triatomic systems, where an atom and a diatomic molecule collide, through calculating Molecular Dynamics trajectories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dynamics from the transition state region ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. The transition point can be identified on a potential energy surface as being at a saddle point, where the reactive trajectory is at its highest point and the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero. Saddle points have a local maximum in one direction and a local minimum in the other. They can be mathematically defined using their gradient: the partial derivative of the gradient, dy/dx, equals zero, indicating that the gradient is zero at this point. Furthermore, saddle points are distinguished from local minima in that their second partial derivative, d&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;y/dx&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, is larger than zero. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_111_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the transition state region highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; surface is symmetric, the transition state must have r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. In trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the trajectory oscillates on the ridge; this can be used to locate the transition state geometry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When testing different initial conditions with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, it can be seen that the system undergoes a periodic symmetric vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C10.png|center|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; is shown below ,and clear oscillation can be seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure1.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 100 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is set to 91, the vibration is very minimal. This is a good estimate for the transition state because when a trajectory starts at the transition state, with no initial momentum, it stays there forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_112_figure2.png|thumb|center|The Internuclear Distances vs Time plot for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 91 pm.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path and trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Comment on how the mep and the trajectory differ. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (or mep) is a very special trajectory that corresponds to infinitely slow motion. This wan be tested with initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and the calculation type as &#039;MEP&#039;. With r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 92 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set at 91, it can be seen that the trajectory simply follows the valley floor to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure1.png|thumb|center|A PES with the mep trajectory highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, mep doesn&#039;t provide a realistic account of the motion of atoms during a reaction because it doesn&#039;t account for the mass of the atoms. When the same reaction is repeated with the calculation type as &#039;Dynamics&#039; rather than &#039;MEP&#039;, the inertial motion of the atoms is indicated by the oscillation of the BC distance caused by the masses interacting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_113_figure2.png|thumb|center|A PES with the reaction path highlighted.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Y2C1.png|center|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 200 pm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; /&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  || -414.280 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure1.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.077 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; do not collide so no reaction occurs || [[File:MRD_114_figure2.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.977 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || [[File:MRD_114_figure3.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 || -357.277 || No || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates but m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; remains intact so no reaction occurs. This is a case of barrier recrossing: the system crosses the transition state region, the bond in the product forms, but then the system reverts back to the reactants. || [[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 || -349.477 || Yes || m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; collide, and though r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; oscillates they ultimately react to form m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and m&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;|| [[File:MRD_114_figure5.png|center|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A powerful theory to rationalise and calculate the rate of chemical reactions based on the properties of the reactants and the transitions state structure is Transition State Theory. It predicts that the rate constant for a generic bimolecular reaction &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{A+B}\rightarrow\mathcal{P}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=R_{cl}\frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A crucial assumption of Transition State Theory in estimating &#039;&#039;R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cl&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is that all trajectories with a kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive. By further assuming that the kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate follows the Boltzmann distribution, one obtain the conventional Transition State Theory rate constant expression:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k_{TST}=\frac{k_B T}{h} \frac{Q_{\ddagger}&#039;/V}{(Q_{\mathcal{A}}/V)(Q_{\mathcal{B}}/V)}e^{-\frac{E_0}{k_B T}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Transition State Theory motion is treated by classical mechanics, and it is assumed that this motion always leads to products without recrossings of the saddle point. This is incorrect as quantum mechanical tunneling allows barrier crossing to take place when the total energy is less than the potential energy at the top of the barrier.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Barrier recrossing is seento occur in the calculated experiment values, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MRD_114_figure4.png|center|thumb|The PES of a reaction where barrier crossing occurs.|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction as characterised by ... in its potential energy surface. This relates to the bond strengths involved as a relatively weak H-H bond is broken while a strong H-F bond is formed; bond making is an exothermic process, so the formation of a bond with high bond enthalpy makes the overall reaction exothermic.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PES inspection: H + HF ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state. Report the activation energy for both reactions. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reaction dynamics: reverse reaction ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{fontcolor1|blue|&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. &amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 111&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.khanacademy.org/math/multivariable-calculus/applications-of-multivariable-derivatives/optimizing-multivariable-functions/a/maximums-minimums-and-saddle-points &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 115&amp;quot;&amp;gt; N. E. Henriksen and F. Y. Hansen Theories of Molecular Reaction Dynamics 2nd ed., OUP, 2019 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 121&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://chem.libretexts.org/Bookshelves/General_Chemistry/Book%3A_ChemPRIME_(Moore_et_al.)/15Thermodynamics%3A_Atoms%2C_Molecules_and_Energy/15.10%3A_Bond_Enthalpies_and_Exothermic_or_Endothermic_Reactions &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atkins, de Paula, Keeler: Physical Chemistry, 11th Edition&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Aa6718</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>